US20170298042A1 - Vmat inhibitory compounds - Google Patents

Vmat inhibitory compounds Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20170298042A1
US20170298042A1 US15/371,721 US201615371721A US2017298042A1 US 20170298042 A1 US20170298042 A1 US 20170298042A1 US 201615371721 A US201615371721 A US 201615371721A US 2017298042 A1 US2017298042 A1 US 2017298042A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
compound
substituted
ethyl
nmr
mhz
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US15/371,721
Inventor
Aaron Janowsky
Peter Meltzer
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Oregon Health Science University
Organix Inc
US Department of Veterans Affairs VA
Original Assignee
Oregon Health Science University
Organix Inc
US Department of Veterans Affairs VA
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Oregon Health Science University, Organix Inc, US Department of Veterans Affairs VA filed Critical Oregon Health Science University
Priority to US15/371,721 priority Critical patent/US20170298042A1/en
Assigned to ORGANIX INC. reassignment ORGANIX INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: MELTZER, PETER
Assigned to OREGON HEALTH & SCIENCE UNIVERSITY, THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT AS REPRESENTED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF VETERANS AFFAIRS reassignment OREGON HEALTH & SCIENCE UNIVERSITY ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: JANOWSKY, AARON
Publication of US20170298042A1 publication Critical patent/US20170298042A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/06Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/30Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/14Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/506Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/517Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic ring systems, e.g. quinazoline, perimidine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/519Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings

Definitions

  • Methamphetamine is a Schedule II stimulant that has become a highly abused drug in the US.
  • the National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA) has reported that about 0.3% of the population, (>730,000) has used methamphetamine, and that children as young as 12 were among those users.
  • NIDA National Institute on Drug Abuse
  • Drugs such as methamphetamine bind to vesicular monoamine transporter 2 (VMAT2), also known as solute carrier family 18 member 2 (SLC18A2) and block the vesicular uptake of neurotransmitters.
  • VMAT2 vesicular monoamine transporter 2
  • SLC18A2 solute carrier family 18 member 2
  • VMAT2 sequesters neurotransmitters into cytoplasmic vesicles following uptake by plasma membrane transporters on presynaptic nerve terminals.
  • methamphetamine serves as a substrate for VMAT2 and plasma membrane transporters, substituting for the neurotransmitters, and causing their release from vesicular pools.
  • the subsequent increase in synaptic neurotransmitter availability is the foundation for methamphetamine's psychostimulant effects.
  • VMAT2 is located presynaptically on intracellular storage vesicles and monoaminergic nerve terminals. VMAT2 has been cloned and is comprised of 515 amino acids putatively arranged in 12 interconnected helices. The tertiary structure is not known. VMAT2 facilitates uptake of dopamine (DA) into vesicles, where it is stored and later released to maintain physiological concentrations of DA in the synapse. Indeed, without this storage capacity, physiological DA demands cannot be met by intracellular synthesis alone.
  • MA a VMAT2 substrate, causes the release of DA from vesicles into the cytosol of presynaptic neurons.
  • Reserpine an alkaloid that inhibits neurotransmitter uptake into vesicles by VMAT2, binds with high affinity but in an essentially irreversible fashion to a site that is closely associated with the uptake site. Although it has been used extensively as an antihypertensive agent, reserpine's irreversible binding properties make it less clinically attractive as a potential pharmacotherapy for treatment of symptoms associated with MA abuse.
  • Other drugs such as tetrabenazine (TBZ) analogues bind with high affinity to a site on the VMAT2 that apparently differs from the reserpine binding site, and they are under scrutiny as potential medications for the treatment of symptoms associated with psychostimulant abuse.
  • the compounds described herein rely on a novel VMAT2 binding site for functional effects and therefore afford an opportunity to construct molecules that differ in binding and pharmacological profiles from those already in exploration as anti-MA pharmacotherapies.
  • X is a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered aryl or substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl
  • Z is N or CH
  • n 1, 2, or 3
  • Ar is substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered aryl or substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl
  • R is H, ethyl ester, isopropyl ester, —C(O)-alkyl (i.e., methyl ketone, ethyl ketone, etc.), or substituted or unsubstituted 5-membered heteroaryl, and
  • Y is H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
  • the compound has the structure:
  • the bond between the carbon atoms bearing Ar and R is a single bond, and the groups labeled Ar and R are in an RR configuration, an SS configuration, an SR configuration, or an RS configuration. In some embodiments, the bond between the carbon atoms bearing Ar and R is a double bond.
  • R is —C(O)-alkyl (i.e., methyl ketone, ethyl ketone, etc.). In some embodiments, R is ethyl ester. In some embodiments, Ar is phenyl, substituted phenyl, pyrrolyl, substituted pyrrolyl, pyridinyl, substituted pyridinyl, thiophene-yl, substituted thiophene-yl, or [1,4]-dioxinyl.
  • the compound has the structure:
  • a 1 , A 2 , A 3 , and A 4 are independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, halo, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, ester, keto, hydroxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, or nitro.
  • a 1 , A 2 , A 3 , and A 4 are independently H, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, [1,4]dioxin-5-yl, fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl, amino, dimethylamino, methylamido, nitro, azo, benzyl, 2-phenyl ethyl, pyrrolyl, ethyl ester, 1-hydroxyethyl, hydroxyl, methoxy, trifluoromethoxy, or tert-butoxycarbonylamino.
  • a 1 and A 2 are H
  • a 3 and A 4 are independently H, fluoro, or trifluoromethyl.
  • the compound has the structure:
  • a 3 is halo, and m is 2 or 3. In some embodiments, A 3 is fluoro.
  • the compound has the structure:
  • Y 1 is H, methyl, ethyl, or 2-benzylethyl
  • Y 2 is H or halo
  • a 3 and A 4 are independently H or halo
  • the compound has the structure:
  • a 1 , A 2 , A 3 , and A 4 are independently H, halo, or haloalkyl, and wherein Y is H or alkyl.
  • Y is H
  • a 1 and A 2 are H
  • a 3 and A 4 are independently H, fluoro, or trifluoromethyl.
  • composition comprising one or more compounds described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
  • provided herein is a method of treating methamphetamine addiction, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a composition described herein to a subject in need thereof.
  • composition described herein in treating methamphetamine addiction.
  • Variables such as X, R, Q, and Ar including all subvariables thereof (such as X1, X2, etc.) used throughout the disclosure are the same variables as previously defined unless stated to the contrary.
  • administering refers to providing a compound, a prodrug of a compound, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as described herein.
  • the compound or composition can be administered by another person to the subject or it can be self-administered by the subject.
  • alkyl refers to a branched or unbranched saturated hydrocarbon group, such as, without limitation, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl, eicosyl, tetracosyl and the like.
  • a “lower alkyl” group is a saturated branched or unbranched hydrocarbon having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms (C 1-6 alkyl).
  • alkyl also includes cycloalkyl.
  • substituted alkyl refers to an alkyl group wherein one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with a substituent such as, without limitation, halogen, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, hydroxyl, aryl, or carboxyl.
  • alkylamino refers to any straight-chain alkylamino, branched-chain alkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cyclic alkylamino, heteroatom-unsubstituted alkylamino, heteroatom-substituted alkylamino, heteroatom-unsubstituted C 1-6 -alkylamino, and heteroatom-substituted C 1-6 -alkylamino.
  • heteroatom-unsubstituted C 1-6 -alkylamino refers to a radical, having a single nitrogen atom as the point of attachment, further having one or two saturated carbon atoms attached to the nitrogen atom, further having a linear or branched, cyclic or acyclic structure, containing a total of n carbon atoms, all of which are nonaromatic, 4 or more hydrogen atoms, a total of 1 nitrogen atom, and no additional heteroatoms.
  • a heteroatom-unsubstituted C 1 -C 10 -alkylamino has 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • heteroatom-unsubstituted C 1-10 -alkylamino includes groups, having the structure —NHR, in which R is a heteroatom-unsubstituted C 1-10 -alkyl, as that term is defined above.
  • a heteroatom-unsubstituted alkylamino group would include, without limitation, —NHCH 3 , —NHCH 2 CH 3 , —NHCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —NHCH(CH 3 ) 2 , —NHCH(CH 2 ) 2 , —NHCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —NHCH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 , —NHCH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —NHC(CH 3 ) 3 , —N(CH 3 ) 2 , —N(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 , —N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 , N-pyrrolidinyl, and N-piperidinyl.
  • alkoxy refers to an alkyl group attached to an oxygen atom to form an ether.
  • substituted alkoxy refers to an alkoxy group wherein one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with a substituent such as, without limitation, halogen, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, hydroxyl, aryl, or carboxyl.
  • aryl refers to any carbon-based aromatic group including, but not limited to, benzene, naphthalene, and phenyl.
  • heteroaryl is defined as an aromatic group that has at least one heteroatom incorporated within the ring of the aromatic group, including, but not limited to, oxazole. Examples of heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and phosphorous.
  • substituted aryl and “substituted heteroaryl” refer to an aryl group or heteroaryl group that is substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl, aryl, halide, nitro, amino, ester, ether, ketone, aldehyde, hydroxy, carboxylic acid, cyano, amido, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, or alkoxy.
  • Carboxyl refers to a —COOH radical. Substituted carboxyl refers to —COOR where R is aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, alkyl, heteroalkyl, or a carboxylic acid or ester. One such substituted carboxyl is an ethyl ester group which is a —COO—CH 2 —CH 3 group.
  • cycloalkyl refers to a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least three carbon atoms.
  • examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl.
  • heterocycloalkyl group is a cycloalkyl group as defined above where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorous.
  • Derivative refers to a compound or portion of a compound that is derived from or is theoretically derivable from a parent compound.
  • halogenated alkyl or “haloalkyl group” refer to an alkyl group as defined above with one or more hydrogen atoms present on these groups replaced with a halogen (F, Cl, Br, I).
  • a halogenated ether refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms present on an ether, such as a methyl ether (—OCH 3 ), is replaced with one or more halogens.
  • a trifluoromethyl ether has a formula of —OCF 3 .
  • Heterocycle means any saturated, unsaturated or aromatic cyclic moiety wherein said cyclic moiety contains at least one heteroatom selected from of the group consisting of oxygen (O), sulfur (S), phosphorus (P) and nitrogen (N). Heterocycles may be monocyclic or polycyclic rings.
  • substituted heterocycle refers to an aryl group that is substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, halogen, alkyl, halogenated C 1-6 alkyl, alkoxy, halogenated C 1-6 alkoxy, amino, amidino, amido, azido, cyano, guanidino, hydroxyl, nitro, nitroso, urea, OS(O) 2 R, OS(O) 2 OR, S(O) 2 OR, S(O) 0-2 R, or C(O)OR wherein R may be H, alkyl, aryl or any 3 to 10 membered heterocycle; OP(O)OR 1 OR 2 , P(O)OR 1 OR 2 , SO 2 , NR 1 R 2 , NR 1 SO 2 R 2 , C(R 1 )NR 2 , or C(R 1 )NOR 2 , wherein R 1 and R 2 may be independently H, alkyl, aryl or 3 to 10 member
  • Exemplary substituents of a heterocycle further include halogen (Br, Cl, I or F), cyano, nitro, oxo, amino, alkyl (e.g., CH 3 , C 2 H 5 , isopropyl, etc.); alkoxy (e.g., OCH 3 , OC 2 H 5 , etc.); halogenated alkyl (e.g., CF 3 , CHF 2 , etc.); halogenated alkoxy (e.g., OCF 3 , CO 2 F 5 , etc.); COOH, COO-alkyl, CO-alkyl, alkyl-S (e.g., CH 3 S, C 2 H 5 S, etc); halogenated alkyl-S (e.g., CF 3 S, C 2 F 5 S, etc.); benzyloxy and pyrazolyl I.
  • heterocycles include, but are not limited to, azepinyl, aziridinyl, azetyl, azetidinyl, diazepinyl, dithiadiazinyl, dioxazepinyl, dioxolanyl, dithiazolyl, furanyl, isooxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, morpholinyl, oxetanyl, oxadiazolyl, oxiranyl, oxazinyl, oxazolyl, piperazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, piperidyl, piperidino, pyridyl, pyranyl, pyrazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyrrolidinyl, thiatriazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, thiazolyl, thien
  • treatment refers to a therapeutic intervention that ameliorates a sign or symptom of a disease or pathological condition after it has begun to develop.
  • treatment also refers to any observable beneficial effect of the treatment.
  • the beneficial effect can be evidenced, for example, by a delayed onset of clinical symptoms of the disease in a susceptible subject, a reduction in severity of some or all clinical symptoms of the disease, a slower progression of the disease, a reduction in the number of relapses of the disease, an improvement in the overall health or well-being of the subject, or by other parameters well known in the art that are specific to the particular disease.
  • a “prophylactic” treatment is a treatment administered to a subject who does not exhibit signs of a disease or exhibits only early signs, for the purpose of decreasing the risk of developing pathology.
  • “Coadminister” means that each of at least two compounds are administered during a time frame wherein the respective periods of biological activity overlap. Thus, the term includes sequential as well as coextensive administration of two or more drug compounds.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salt refers to salts prepared by conventional means, and include basic salts of inorganic and organic acids, such as, without limitation, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, malic acid, acetic acid, oxalic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, lactic acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, salicylic acid, benzoic acid, phenylacetic acid, and mandelic acid.
  • basic salts of inorganic and organic acids such as, without limitation, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, malic acid, acetic acid, oxalic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, lactic acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, salicylic acid, benzoic acid, phenylacetic acid
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable salts” of the presently disclosed compounds also include those formed from cations such as, without limitation, sodium, potassium, aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, zinc, and from bases such as ammonia, ethylenediamine, N-methyl-glutamine, lysine, arginine, ornithine, choline, N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine, chloroprocaine, diethanolamine, procaine, N-benzylphenethylamine, diethylamine, piperazine, tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane, and tetramethylammonium hydroxide.
  • bases such as ammonia, ethylenediamine, N-methyl-glutamine, lysine, arginine, ornithine, choline, N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine, chloroprocaine, diethanolamine, procaine, N-benzylphenethylamine, diethylamine, pipe
  • any chemical compound recited in this specification may alternatively be administered as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are also inclusive of the free acid, base, and zwitterionic forms. Descriptions of exemplary pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be found in Stahl and Wermuth, Eds., Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts; Properties, Selection and Use, Wiley VCH (2008).
  • suitable pharmaceutically acceptable cation pairs for the carboxy group are well known to those skilled in the art and include, without limitation, alkaline, alkaline earth, ammonium, and quaternary ammonium cations.
  • Such salts are known to those of skill in the art.
  • pharmacologically acceptable salts see Berge et al, J. Pharm. Sci. 66:1 (1977).
  • “Saturated or unsaturated” includes substituents saturated with hydrogens, substituents completely unsaturated with hydrogens and substituents partially saturated with hydrogens.
  • subject includes both human and veterinary subjects.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of an agent is an amount sufficient to inhibit or treat the disease without causing substantial toxicity in the subject.
  • the therapeutically effective amount of an agent will be dependent on the subject being treated, the severity of the affliction, and the manner of administration of the therapeutic composition. Methods of determining a therapeutically effective amount of the disclosed compound sufficient to achieve a desired effect in a subject will be understood by those of skill in the art in light of this disclosure.
  • Presynaptic transporters are the primary mechanism by which neurotransmitters are deactivated following their physiological release from nerve terminals.
  • MA induces DA transporter (DAT)-associated, Na+-dependent ion currents, suggesting that the drug is a transporter substrate, i.e., it substitutes for DA and is taken up into the cell by the DAT (Sonders M S et al, J Neurosci 17, 960-974 (1997); incorporated by reference herein). Additionally, it is a substrate for the serotonin (5-HT) transporter (SERT) and the norepinephrine (NE) transporter (NET).
  • 5-HT serotonin
  • NE norepinephrine
  • Amphetamine redistributes the DA transporter (DAT) away from the cell surface (Saunders C et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 97, 6850-6855 (2000); incorporated by reference herein), a trafficking that is paralleled temporally by the loss of DAT activity (Kahlig K M et al, J Biol Chem 279, 8966-8975 (2004); incorporated by reference herein) and may require intracellular amphetamine for regulation (Kahlig K M et al, Mol Pharmacol 70, 542-548 (2006); incorporated by reference herein).
  • MA interferes with DA deactivation and the physiological function of the DAT.
  • the spatial and temporal signaling and synaptic and extra-synaptic concentrations of biogenic amine neurotransmitters are regulated in part by the DAT, SERT and NET.
  • the transporters are members of the 12-transmembrane domain sodium-chloride dependent transporters, and are the targets of therapeutics for depression as well as for abused drugs such as cocaine and MA (Zahniser N R and Doolen S, Pharmacol Ther 92, 21-55 (2001); incorporated by reference herein).
  • Torres Teorres G E, J Neurochem 97 Suppl 1, 3-10 (2006); incorporated by reference herein
  • interactions of the DAT with multiple proteins may be important for the assembly, targeting, trafficking or regulation of function.
  • the DAT interacts with PICK1 (Protein Interacting with C kinase 1), the focal adhesion protein Hic-5, synaptosome-associated protein 25 kDA (SNAP-25), synuclein, receptor for activated C kinase-1 (RACK1), syntaxin, protein phosphatase PP2A and PKC- ⁇ II.
  • PICK1 Protein Interacting with C kinase 1
  • Hic-5 the focal adhesion protein Hic-5
  • SNAP-25 synaptosome-associated protein 25 kDA
  • RACK1 receptor for activated C kinase-1
  • syntaxin protein phosphatase PP2A
  • PKC- ⁇ II Protein phosphatase PP2A
  • VMAT2 The Vesicular Monoamine Transporter
  • VMAT2 vesicular monoamine transporter
  • the VMAT2 is found in monoaminergic presynaptic neurons, as well as in peripheral tissues.
  • the VMAT2 pumps cytosolic DA, serotonin (5-HT) and norepinephrine (NE) into several types of vesicles. It functions as an antiporter, with two protons being counterported for each biogenic amine molecule; the proton gradient is maintained by an ATP-dependent proton pump (reviewed in Henry J P et al, J Exp Biol 196, 251-262 (1994); incorporated by reference herein).
  • the VMAT2 in chromaffin cells can develop a monoamine concentration gradient greater than 10,000 (Liu Y and Edwards R H, Ann Rev Neurosci 20, 125-156 (1997); incorporated by reference herein).
  • a vesicle with an internal diameter of 30 nm has a volume of 1.4 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 20 liter, and one molecule in this compartment results in a concentration of ⁇ 100 ⁇ M (Wallace L J and Connell L E, Synapse 62, 370-378 (2008); incorporated by reference herein).
  • VMAT2 is found in synaptic vesicles and large dense-core vesicles, while in cell bodies and dendrites the VMAT2 is found on tubulovesicular structures (Nirenberg M J et al, 92, 8773-8777 (1995); incorporated by reference herein). Because expression varies across brain regions, a recombinant cell system is a useful tool for screening drugs that interact with the VMAT2.
  • VMAT2 The cloning of VMAT2 (Erickson J D et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 93, 5166-5171 (1992); incorporated by reference herein) revealed no sequence homology with the biogenic amine plasma membrane transporters, but some structural similarities were identified, including 12 putative transmembrane domains, glycosylation sites, and several consensus sequences for phosphorylation by kinases.
  • the human (h)VMAT2 is abundantly expressed in monoaminergic cell bodies of brain, in the stomach, and in the adrenal medulla.
  • the hVMAT2 has N and C terminal domains located in the cytoplasm and glycosylation sites facing the vesicle lumen.
  • VMAT2 function is inhibited by the G-protein Gao2 by an interaction with the first luminal domain (Brunk I et al, J Biol Chem 281, 33373-33385 (2006); incorporated by reference herein).
  • the VMAT2 participates in the regulation of cytosolic levels and vesicular stores of biogenic amines.
  • VMAT2 is neuroprotective; pharmacological blockade of VMAT2 enhances 1-methyl-4-phenylpyridinium (MPP+)- and MA-induced DAergic neuronal toxicity (German D C et al, Neuroscience 101, 1063-1069 (2000); incorporated by reference herein), suggesting that VMAT2 protects neurons from some exogenous toxins by facilitating sequestration of the toxins within vesicles. Mice heterozygous for a null VMAT2 mutation are more sensitive to MA toxicity (Fumagalli F et al, J Neurosci 19, 2424-2431. (1999); incorporated by reference herein).
  • MA gains access to synaptic vesicles: by diffusion, by transport via the VMAT2, some combination of the two, or an unknown mechanism.
  • MA is a base with a pKa of 9.8 and is therefore more than 99% protonated at physiological pH. This form is transported by the plasmalemmal transporters.
  • MA is highly lipophilic in the neutral state, and can enter cells in the absence of cell-surface transporters and can enter vesicles from the cytosol across membranes (Sulzer D et al, J Neurosci 15, 4102-4108 (1995); incorporated by reference herein).
  • the uncharged MA in the vesicle could then act as a weak base, bind to free protons, and dissipate the pH gradient (Sulzer D and Rayport S, Neuron 5, 797-808 (1990); incorporated by reference herein). With an increased pH in the vesicle, more neurotransmitter would be unprotonated and able to leave the vesicle across the membranes (Cubells J F et al, J Neurosci 14, 2260-2271 (1994); incorporated by reference herein).
  • MA requires the cell-surface transporter to release transmitter to the extracellular space, as confirmed by studies using DAT knockout animals (Jones S R et al, J Neurosci 18, 1979-1985 (1998); incorporated by reference herein). Consistent with this model, the amphetamine derivative fenfluramine causes efflux of neurotransmitter from chromaffin granules at concentrations above those necessary for disrupting the intragranule pH (Schuldiner S et al, Mol Pharmacol 44, 1227-1231 (1993); incorporated by reference herein).
  • MA interacts directly with the VMAT2, as evidenced by inhibition of [ 3 H]DTBZ binding, albeit at high concentrations (1.2 mM).
  • MA could facilitate release of preloaded neurotransmitter via the VMAT2 in addition to its action as a weak base.
  • VMAT2 inhibitor reserpine (Methyl (3 ⁇ , 16 ⁇ , 17 ⁇ , 18 ⁇ , 20 ⁇ )-11, 17-dimethoxy-18-[(3,4,5-trimethoxybenzoyl)oxy]yohimban-16-carboxylate) binds with high-affinity to the VMAT2, but the binding is essentially irreversible. This results in depletion of biogenic amines, and requires synthesis of new storage vesicles for recovery of biogenic amine storage.
  • the reserpine binding site of VMAT2 appears to be associated with the neurotransmitter uptake site. In experiments described below, the precursor for [ 3 H]reserpine is synthesized and labeled.
  • Tetrabenazine also known as TBZ or Xenazine ((SS,RR)-3-isobutyl-9, 10-dimethoxy-1,3,4,6,7,11b-hexahydro-pyrido[2,1-a]isoquinolin-2-one),on the other hand, does bind reversibly to the VMAT2, but was developed for the treatment of schizophrenia half a century ago (Kenney C and Jankovic J, Expert Rev Neurother 6, 7-17 (2006); incorporated by reference herein). TBZ appears to bind to a different site on the VMAT2 than reserpine.
  • DTBZ Dihydrotetrabenazine
  • 2-Hydroxytetrabenazine was labeled with a radioligand and used to label VMAT2 herein.
  • DTBZ has a hydroxyl group substituted for the ketone of TBZ and has high affinity for VMAT2.
  • Lobeline (2-((2R,6S)-6-((S)-2-Hydroxy-2-phenylethyl)-1-methylpiperidin-2-yl)-1-phenylethanone) a lipophilic alkaloid of Indian tobacco, interacts with both the VMAT2 and the DAT, and is being investigated as a possible therapeutic for MA abuse (reviewed in Dwoskin and Crooks, Biochem Pharmacol 63, 89-98 (2002). It is quite possible that lobeline and related compounds bind to the same site that reserpine binds, but currently there are no available radioligands to label that site.
  • lobeline In transfected cells, lobeline has an affinity of 4.3 ⁇ M at VMAT2 and 5.4 ⁇ M at the DAT (Miller D K et al, J Pharmacol Exp Ther 310, 1035-1045 (2004); incorporated by reference herein), while in striatal preparations, lobeline has affinity of 0.88 ⁇ M at VMAT2 (Teng L et al, J Pharmacol Exp Ther 280, 1432-1444 (1997); incorporated by reference herein).
  • Ketanserin is primarily considered to be a 5-HT2 receptor antagonist, however it also has high affinity for VMAT2 (reviewed in Zheng G et al, AAPS J 8, E682-692 (2006); incorporated by reference herein).
  • X is a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered aryl or substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl
  • Z is N or CH
  • n 1, 2, or 3
  • Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered aryl or a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl
  • R is H, ethyl ester, isopropyl ester, —C(O)-alkyl (i.e., methyl ketone, ethyl ketone, etc.), or substituted or unsubstituted 5-membered heteroaryl,
  • Y is H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
  • the bond between the carbon atoms bearing Ar and R is a single bond, and the groups labeled Ar and R are in an RR configuration, an SS configuration, an SR configuration, or an RS configuration.
  • R is ethyl ester
  • a 1 , A 2 , A 3 , and A 4 are independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, halo, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, ester, keto, hydroxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, or nitro.
  • a 1 , A 2 , A 3 , and A 4 are independently H, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, [1,4]dioxin-5-yl, fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl, amino, dimethylamino, methylamido, nitro, azo, benzyl, 2-phenyl ethyl, pyrrolyl, ethyl ester, keto, 1-hydroxyethyl, hydroxyl, methoxy, trifluoromethoxy, or tert-butoxycarbonylamino.
  • a 3 is halo and m is 2 or 3.
  • Y 1 is H, methyl, ethyl, or 2-benzylethyl
  • Y 2 is H or halo
  • a 3 and A 4 are independently H or halo
  • a 1 , A 2 , A 3 , and A 4 are independently H, halo, or haloalkyl and wherein Y is H or alkyl.
  • the compounds described herein can be formulated in any excipient a biological system or entity can tolerate to produce pharmaceutical compositions.
  • excipients include, but are not limited to, water, aqueous hyaluronic acid, saline, Ringer's solution, dextrose solution, Hank's solution, and other aqueous physiologically balanced salt solutions.
  • Nonaqueous vehicles such as fixed oils, vegetable oils such as olive oil and sesame oil, triglycerides, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate can also be used.
  • Other useful formulations include suspensions containing viscosity enhancing agents, such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sorbitol, or dextran.
  • Excipients can also contain minor amounts of additives, such as substances that enhance isotonicity and chemical stability.
  • buffers include phosphate buffer, bicarbonate buffer and Tris buffer, while examples of preservatives include thimerosal, cresols, formalin and benzyl alcohol.
  • the pH can be modified depending upon the mode of administration. For example, a formulation having a pH of from about 5 to about 6 may be suitable for topical applications.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions can include carriers, thickeners, diluents, preservatives, surface active agents and the like in addition to the compounds described herein.
  • compositions can also include one or more active ingredients used in combination with the compounds described herein.
  • Any of the compounds described herein can contain combinations of two or more pharmaceutically-acceptable compounds. Examples of such compounds include, but are not limited to, hypertension agents, anti-emetics, anti-psychotic agents, chlorpromazine, and the like.
  • compositions can be prepared using techniques known in the art.
  • the composition is prepared by admixing a compound described herein with a pharmaceutically-acceptable compound and/or carrier.
  • admixing is defined as mixing the two components together so that there is no chemical reaction or physical interaction.
  • admixing also includes the chemical reaction or physical interaction between the compound and the pharmaceutically-acceptable compound.
  • Covalent bonding to reactive therapeutic drugs, e.g., those having nucleophilic groups can be undertaken on the compound.
  • non-covalent entrapment of a pharmacologically active agent in a cross-linked polysaccharide is also possible.
  • electrostatic or hydrophobic interactions can facilitate retention of a pharmaceutically-acceptable compound in the compounds described herein.
  • the actual preferred amounts of active compound in a specified case will vary according to the specific compound being utilized, the particular compositions formulated, the mode of application, and the particular situs and subject being treated. Dosages for a given host can be determined using conventional considerations, e.g., by customary comparison of the differential activities of the subject compounds and of a known agent, e.g., by means of an appropriate conventional pharmacological protocol. Physicians and formulators, skilled in the art of determining doses of pharmaceutical compounds, can determine dose according to standard recommendations (Physicians Desk Reference, Barnhart Publishing (1999)).
  • compositions described herein can be administered in a number of ways depending on whether local or systemic treatment is desired, and on the area to be treated.
  • Compositions as described herein can be administered by different routes, including, without limitation, intravenous, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, and oral administration.
  • oral administration the compositions can be formulated into oral dosage forms such as, for example, tablets or liquid-filled capsules, or liquid preparations such as syrups, elixirs, or concentrated drops.
  • compositions can be formulated in isotonic liquid solutions, such as in physiologically compatible buffers or carbohydrate solutions. Administration can be topically (including ophthalmically, rectally, intranasally).
  • Formulations for topical administration can include ointments, lotions, creams, gels, drops, suppositories, sprays, liquids and powders.
  • Conventional pharmaceutical carriers, aqueous, powder or oily bases, thickeners and the like can be necessary or desirable.
  • Administration can also be directly into the lung by inhalation of an aerosol or dry micronized powder.
  • Preparations for administration include sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, suspensions, and emulsions.
  • non-aqueous carriers include water, alcoholic/aqueous solutions, emulsions or suspensions, including saline and buffered media.
  • Parenteral vehicles if needed for collateral use of the disclosed compositions and methods, include sodium chloride solution, Ringer's dextrose, dextrose and sodium chloride, lactated Ringer's, or fixed oils.
  • Intravenous vehicles if needed for collateral use of the disclosed compositions and methods, include fluid and nutrient replenishers, electrolyte replenishers (such as those based on Ringer's dextrose), and the like.
  • Preservatives and other additives can also be present such as, for example, antimicrobials, anti-oxidants, chelating agents, and inert gases and the like.
  • Dosing is dependent on severity and responsiveness of the condition to be treated, but will normally be one or more doses per day, with course of treatment lasting from several days to several months or until one of ordinary skill in the art determines the delivery should cease. Persons of ordinary skill can easily determine optimum dosages, dosing methodologies and repetition rates.
  • HEK-hDAT human dopamine transporter
  • HEK-hSERT serotonin transporter
  • HEK-hNET norepinephrine transporter
  • lysed cells were scraped from plates, transferred into centrifuge tubes, and centrifuged at 30,000 ⁇ g for 20 min. The supernatant fluid was removed, and the pellet was resuspended in 12-32 ml of sucrose (0.32 M) using a Polytron at setting 7 for 10 sec. The resuspension volume depended on the density of binding sites within a cell line and was chosen to reflect binding of 10% or less of the total radioactivity.
  • Each assay tube contained 50 ⁇ l of membrane preparation (about 10-25 ⁇ g of protein), 25 ⁇ l of unknown or buffer (Krebs-HEPES, pH 7.4; 122 mM NaCl, 2.5 mM CaCl 2 , 1.2 mM MgSO 4 , 10 ⁇ M pargyline, 100 ⁇ M tropolone, 0.2% glucose and 0.02% ascorbic acid, buffered with 25 mM HEPES), 25 ⁇ l of [ 125 I]RTI-55 (40-80 ⁇ M final concentration) and additional buffer sufficient to bring the final volume to 250 ⁇ l. Membranes were preincubated with unknowns for 10 min prior to the addition of the [ 125 I]RTI-55.
  • the assay tubes were incubated at 25° C. for 90 min in the dark. Binding was terminated by filtration over Whatman GF/C filters using a Tomtec Mach II or MACH III 96-well cell harvester. Filters were washed for six seconds with ice-cold saline. Scintillation fluid was added to each square and radioactivity remaining on the filters was determined using a Wallac ⁇ - or beta-plate reader. Specific binding was defined as the difference in binding observed in the presence and absence of mazindol (5 ⁇ M, HEK-hDAT and HEK-hNET) or imipramine (5 ⁇ M, HEK-hSERT).
  • mazindol 5 ⁇ M, HEK-hDAT and HEK-hNET
  • imipramine 5 ⁇ M, HEK-hSERT
  • HEK-hDAT human dopamine transporter
  • HEK-hSERT serotonin transporter
  • HEK-hNET norepinephrine transporter
  • Uptake inhibition assay conditions The assay was conducted in 96 1-ml vials. Krebs-HEPES (350 ⁇ l) and unknowns (50 ⁇ l) were added to vials and placed in a 25° C. water bath. Specific uptake was defined as the difference in uptake observed in the presence and absence of mazindol (5 ⁇ M, HEK-hDAT and HEK-hNET) or imipramine (5 ⁇ M, HEK-hSERT). Cells (50 ⁇ l) were added and preincubated with the unknowns for 10 min. The assay was initiated by the addition of [ 3 H]DA, [ 3 H]5-HT, or [ 3 H]NE (50 ⁇ l, 20 nM final concentration).
  • VMAT2 [ 3 H]Dihydrotetrabenazine (DHTB) and [ 3 H]Ketanserin Binding Assays
  • HEK-hVMAT2 cells Human embryonic kidney cells expressing the human vesicular monoamine transporter 2 (HEK-hVMAT2) were used. HEK-hVMAT2 cells were grown until confluent. The media was removed from plates, solution A [sucrose (0.32 M) with protease inhibitors] was added to the plate, and cells were scraped from plate. Cells were homogenized with 12 strokes of a glass/glass homogenizer. The homogenate was centrifuged at 800 ⁇ g for 10 min. The supernatant was removed and saved, and the pellet was resuspended, homogenized and centrifuged as above.
  • the supernatants were combined and centrifuged at 10,000 ⁇ g for 20 min.
  • the pellet was resuspended in solution A (0.75 ml).
  • the membranes were osmotically shocked by addition of 2.625 ml ice cold water and homogenized by 5 strokes of a glass/Teflon homogenizer.
  • the osmolarity was reestablished with addition of Tris (338 ⁇ l, 0.25M, pH 7.4 at 4° C.), sodium potassium tartrate (338 ⁇ l, 1.0 M), and MgSO 4 (4 ⁇ l, 0.9M).
  • the homogenate was centrifuged at 20,000 ⁇ g for 20 min.
  • [ 3 H]DHTB binding assay The pellet was resuspended in sucrose (0.32M, 2.5-5 ml/plate of cells). The membrane preparation from one plate was sufficient to conduct 2-4 drug curves, and depended on the confluency of the plate.
  • the binding assay included membrane preparation (50 ⁇ l), drug, [ 3 H]DHTB (7-10 nM), and VMAT buffer (2 mM MgSO 4 , 25 mM Tris, 100 mM NaK tartrate, 0.5mM EDTA, 4 mM KCl, 1.7 mM ascorbic acid, 100 ⁇ M tropolone and 10 ⁇ M pargyline, pH 7.4 at 25° C.) in a final volume of 0.25 ml.
  • VMAT2 [ 3 H]APQ Binding Assay
  • HEK-hVMAT2 Human embryonic kidney cells expressing the human vesicular monoamine transporter 2 (HEK-hVMAT2) were used. HEK-hVMAT2 cells were grown until confluent. The media was removed from plates, ice cold 25 mM Tris-HCl [with protease inhibitors] was added to the plate, and cells were scraped from the plate. Cells were homogenized with a Polytron homogenizer on setting 6 for 6 seconds. The homogenate was centrifuged at 30,900 ⁇ g for 20 min. The pellet was osmotically shocked by addition of 2.625 ml ice cold water and homogenized by 5 strokes of a glass/Teflon homogenizer.
  • Tris-HCl with protease inhibitors
  • the osmolarity was reestablished with addition of Tris (338 ⁇ l, 0.25M, pH 7.4 at 4° C.), sucrose (0.32M), sodium potassium tartrate (338 ⁇ l, 1.0 M), and MgSO 4 (4 ⁇ l, 0.9M). The homogenate is centrifuged at 30,900 ⁇ g for 20 min.
  • [ 3 H]APQ binding assay The membrane preparation from one plate was sufficient to conduct 2-4 drug curves, and depended on the confluency of the plate.
  • the binding assay included membrane preparation (50 ⁇ l), drug, [ 3 H]APQ (40-50 nM), and VMAT buffer (2 mM MgSO 4 , 25 mM Tris, 100 mM NaK tartrate, sucrose (0.32 M), 0.5 mM EDTA, 4 mM KCl, 1.7 mM ascorbic acid, 100 ⁇ M tropolone and 10 ⁇ M pargyline, pH 7.4 at 4° C.) in a final volume of 0.25 ml.
  • Membrane preparation for binding assays using HEK-hVMAT2 cells Human embryonic kidney cells expressing the human vesicular monoamine transporter 2 (HEK-hVMAT2) were used. HEK-hVMAT2 cells were grown until confluent. The media was removed from plates, ice cold 25 mM Tris-HCl [with protease inhibitors] was added to the plate, and cells were scraped from the plate. Cells were homogenized with a Polytron homogenizer on setting 6 for 6 seconds. The homogenate was centrifuged at 30,900 ⁇ g for 20 min.
  • the pellet was osmotically shocked by addition of 2.625 ml ice cold water and homogenized by 5 strokes of a glass/Teflon homogenizer.
  • the osmolarity was reestablished with addition of Tris (338 ⁇ l, 0.25 M, pH 7.4 at 4° C.), sucrose (0.32 M), sodium potassium tartrate (338 ⁇ l, 1.0 M), and MgSO 4 (4 ⁇ l, 0.9M).
  • the homogenate was centrifuged at 30,900 ⁇ g for 20 min.
  • [ 3 H]Reserpine binding assay The membrane preparation from two plates was sufficient to conduct 1 drug curve, and depended on the confluency of the plate.
  • the binding assay included membrane preparation (100 ⁇ l), drug, [ 3 H]Reserpine (7-10 nM), and VMAT buffer (2 mM MgSO 4 , 25 mM Tris, 100 mM NaK tartrate, sucrose (0.32M), 0.5 mM EDTA, 4 mM KCl, 1.7 mM ascorbic acid, 100 ⁇ M tropolone and 10 ⁇ M pargyline, pH 7.4 at 30° C.) in a final volume of 1 ml.
  • HEK-h5HT1A Human embryonic kidney cells expressing the human 5HT1A receptor (HEK-h5HT1A) were used. The cells were grown to confluence in DMEM containing 10% FetalClone® (abbreviated as FC—source: HyClone), 0.05% penicillin-streptomycin (pen-strep), and 300 ⁇ g/mL of Geneticin (G418). The cells were scraped from 150 mm plates into phosphate-buffered saline and centrifuged at 270 ⁇ g, 1200 rpm, for 10 minutes. The cell pellet was homogenized in 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.7) with a Polytron, and centrifuged at 27,000 ⁇ g.
  • FC—source: HyClone 0.05% penicillin-streptomycin
  • G418 Geneticin
  • the homogenization and centrifugation were repeated to wash any remaining 5HT from the growth media.
  • the final pellet was resuspended at 0.5 mg protein/mL in assay buffer (25 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, containing 100 ⁇ M ascorbic acid and 10 ⁇ M pargyline).
  • assay buffer 25 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, containing 100 ⁇ M ascorbic acid and 10 ⁇ M pargyline.
  • the assay was performed in duplicate in a 96-well plate. Serial dilutions of test compounds were made using the Biomek 2000 robotics system.
  • the reaction mixture contained unknown compound, 100 ⁇ l of cell homogenate (0.05 mg protein/well) and 100 ⁇ l of [ 3 H]8-OH-DPAT (0.5 nM final concentration, 170 Ci/mmol, Perkin Elmer) in a final volume of 1 ml.
  • Nonspecific binding was determined with 1.0 ⁇ M dihydroergotamine.
  • the plates were incubated at room temperature for 60 minutes and then filtered through polyethylenimine-soaked (0.05%) “A” filtermats on a Tomtec cell harvester.
  • the filters were washed with cold 50 mM Tris buffer (pH 7.7) for 6 sec, dried, spotted with scintillation cocktail, and counted for 2 minutes after a 4 hour delay on a Wallac Betaplate 1205 liquid scintillation counter.
  • IC 50 values were calculated with GraphPad Prism, and IC 50 values were converted to Ki values using the Cheng-Prusoff correction and a K d value of 5.02 nM for [ 3 H]8-OH-DPAT.
  • the method was adapted from A R Knight et al, Naunyn - Schmeideberg's Arch Pharmacol 370, 114-123 (2004).
  • Human embryonic kidney cells expressing the human 5HT2A receptor (HEK-h5HT2A) or human 5HT2C receptor (HEK-h5HT2C) were used. The cells were grown until confluent on 15 cm plates. Media was removed, cells were washed with phosphate-buffered saline (PBS), scraped into 2 ml PBS and frozen at ⁇ 20° C. until needed. Cell suspension was thawed, 10 ml assay buffer (50 mM Tris, pH 7.4 at 37° C., with 0.1% ascorbic acid and 5 mM CaCl 2 ) was added per plate of cells, and polytronned at setting 6 for 5 sec.
  • PBS phosphate-buffered saline
  • the homogenate was centrifuged at 15,500 rpm for 20 min. To minimize the residual 5HT concentration, the pellet was resuspended in buffer, polytronned, and centrifuged as above. The final pellet was resuspended in 2 ml buffer/plate of cells.
  • the binding assay included 50 ⁇ l drug, 5HT or buffer, 50 ⁇ l cell homogenate, 50 ⁇ l [ 125 I]DOI ( ⁇ 0.1 nM) and buffer in a final volume of 250 ⁇ l. Specific binding was defined as the difference between total binding and binding in the presence of 10 ⁇ M 5HT.
  • the reaction was incubated for 1 hour at 37° C., and terminated by filtration through Wallac A filtermats presoaked in 0.05% polyethylenimine using a Tomtec 96-well harvester. Radioactivity remaining on filters was counted in a Wallac betaplate reader.
  • IC 50 values were calculated using GraphPad Prism. IC 50 values were converted using the Cheng-Prusoff equation.
  • the density of 5HT2A receptors was 612 ⁇ 19 fmol/mg protein.
  • the density of 5HT2C receptors was 900 ⁇ 170 fmol/mg protein.
  • the K d values used in the equations were 3.624 nM and 4.18 nM for [ 125 I] DOI at 5HT2A and 5HT2C receptors, respectively.
  • the compound was prepared as a light yellow solid according to Sugiyama M et al, Chem Pharm Bull 37, 2091-2102 (1989); incorporated by reference herein.
  • the crude reaction mixture from above was dissolved in CH 3 CN (15 ml) and K 2 CO 3 (1.37 g, 9.9 mmol) and KI (82 mg, 0.5 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated to 80° C. overnight. The mixture was then concentrated, partitioned between CH 2 Cl 2 (75 mL) and H 2 O (20 mL), and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was further extracted with CH 2 Cl 2 (25 mL), and the combined organic layers were dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to give the crude mixture. The compounds were separated on silica gel eluting with 10-25% EtOAc/CH 2 Cl 2 .
  • Compound 3a was prepared from 2 and phenylboronic acid in 67% yield using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above.
  • Compound 3b was prepared from 2 and 4-methylphenylboronic acid in 81% yield using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above.
  • Compound 3g was prepared from 2 and 3-trifluoromethylphenyl boronic acid in 74% yield using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above.
  • Compound 3aa was prepared using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above, in 99% yield from 2 and 3-(N,N-Dimethylamino)phenyl boronic acid.
  • Compound 3bb was prepared using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above, in 52% yield from 2 and 2-(N,N-Dimethylamino)phenylboronic acid.
  • Compound 3gg was prepared using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above in 99% yield from 2 and 1,4-Benzodioxane-6-boronic acid.
  • Compound 3ii was prepared using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above in 86% yield from 2 and 4-Trifluoromethoxyphenylboronic acid.
  • Debenzylation was performed according to the following procedure: A round bottom flask was charged with 4a (342 mg, 1.04 mmol), then ⁇ -chloroethyl chloroformate (ACE-Cl, 1.05 mL, 14.1 mmol) was added under nitrogen by syringe in one portion, and the reaction mixture stirred for 2.5 h at 100° C. Volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue was treated with anhydrous EtOH (20 mL). The flask was then heated to reflux for 20 min and concentrated in vacuo.
  • ACE-Cl ⁇ -chloroethyl chloroformate
  • Compound 4aa was prepared according to the method of Example 58 above from 3aa in 33% yield using Pt 2 O at 1 atm of H 2 for 4 days.
  • Compound 4bb was prepared according to the method of Example 58 above from 3bb in 78% yield using 10% Pd/C at 3 atm of H 2 for 2 days.
  • Compound 4dd was prepared according to the method of Example 58 above from 3dd in 30% yield using 10% Pd/C at 1 atm of H 2 for 5 days.
  • Compound 4gg was prepared according to the method of Example 58 above from 3gg using 10% Pd/C at 1 atm of H 2 for 20 hrs.
  • Compound 4kk was prepared according to the method of Example 58 above from 3kk in 81% yield using 10% Pd/C at 1 atm of H 2 and 65° C. for 24 hours.
  • the ligands 5 were then converted to their hydrochloride salts prior to biological testing. Compounds were dissolved in CHCl 3 (1 ml) and 1 N HCl (2 eq) was then added and the solution was stirred for 5 minutes. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude solid was dissolved in water. After filtration and removal of the solvent by lyophilization, pure salts could be obtained in good yields.
  • the diasteromers were separated by prep-TLC eluting with 1% MeOH/CHCl 3 (20 mg/plate, 3-5 elutions per plate).

Abstract

Disclosed herein are compounds that bind to the vesicular monoamine transporter 2 (VMAT2), pharmaceutical compositions comprising those compounds, and methods of treatment using said compounds and pharmaceutical compositions.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/031,543, filed Jul. 31, 2014, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF GOVERNMENT SUPPORT
  • This work was supported by the United States Government under the terms of Grant #BX000939, awarded by the United States Department of Veterans Affairs. The United States Government has certain rights in this invention.
  • BACKGROUND
  • Methamphetamine (MA) is a Schedule II stimulant that has become a highly abused drug in the US. The National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA) has reported that about 0.3% of the population, (>730,000) has used methamphetamine, and that children as young as 12 were among those users. Although there are behavioral programs that report a measure of success in treating addicts, there are currently no medications approved for the treatment of MA addiction. Drugs such as methamphetamine bind to vesicular monoamine transporter 2 (VMAT2), also known as solute carrier family 18 member 2 (SLC18A2) and block the vesicular uptake of neurotransmitters. VMAT2 sequesters neurotransmitters into cytoplasmic vesicles following uptake by plasma membrane transporters on presynaptic nerve terminals. In addition, methamphetamine serves as a substrate for VMAT2 and plasma membrane transporters, substituting for the neurotransmitters, and causing their release from vesicular pools. The subsequent increase in synaptic neurotransmitter availability is the foundation for methamphetamine's psychostimulant effects.
  • VMAT2 is located presynaptically on intracellular storage vesicles and monoaminergic nerve terminals. VMAT2 has been cloned and is comprised of 515 amino acids putatively arranged in 12 interconnected helices. The tertiary structure is not known. VMAT2 facilitates uptake of dopamine (DA) into vesicles, where it is stored and later released to maintain physiological concentrations of DA in the synapse. Indeed, without this storage capacity, physiological DA demands cannot be met by intracellular synthesis alone. MA, a VMAT2 substrate, causes the release of DA from vesicles into the cytosol of presynaptic neurons. It then affects the further release of DA into the extracellular space by physiological neuronal firing or by reverse transport by the DA transporter (DAT). The result is an increase of DA in the synapse (Dwoskin L P and Crooks P A Biochemical Pharmacology 63, 89 (2002) and Sulzer D et al, J Neurosci 15, 4102 (1995); both of which are incorporated by reference herein). This increase is the foundation for methamphetamine's psychostimulant effects which may lead to methamphetamine addiction (Wimalasena K, Med Res Rev 31, 483-519 (2010); Zheng G et al, AAPS Journal 8, E682 (2006); and Vartak A P et al, J Med Chem 52, 7878 (2009); all of which are incorporated by reference herein).
  • Reserpine, an alkaloid that inhibits neurotransmitter uptake into vesicles by VMAT2, binds with high affinity but in an essentially irreversible fashion to a site that is closely associated with the uptake site. Although it has been used extensively as an antihypertensive agent, reserpine's irreversible binding properties make it less clinically attractive as a potential pharmacotherapy for treatment of symptoms associated with MA abuse. Other drugs such as tetrabenazine (TBZ) analogues bind with high affinity to a site on the VMAT2 that apparently differs from the reserpine binding site, and they are under scrutiny as potential medications for the treatment of symptoms associated with psychostimulant abuse.
  • SUMMARY
  • Currently, there are no approved pharmacotherapies to relieve craving for or symptoms associated with methamphetamine (MA) abuse and addiction. What is needed is a class of compounds that potently block VMAT2 function, bind weakly to the TBZ binding site, and have low affinity for other neurotransmitter receptors and transporters. Such compounds would represent a new class of anti-MA treatment medications.
  • The compounds described herein rely on a novel VMAT2 binding site for functional effects and therefore afford an opportunity to construct molecules that differ in binding and pharmacological profiles from those already in exploration as anti-MA pharmacotherapies.
  • In one aspect, provided herein are compounds of Formula I:
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00001
  • wherein
  • X is a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered aryl or substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl,
  • Z is N or CH,
  • m is 1, 2, or 3,
  • Ar is substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered aryl or substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl,
  • R is H, ethyl ester, isopropyl ester, —C(O)-alkyl (i.e., methyl ketone, ethyl ketone, etc.), or substituted or unsubstituted 5-membered heteroaryl, and
  • Y is H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
  • wherein the bond between the carbon atoms bearing Ar and R is a single or double bond,
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, crystal form, isomer, or isotopomer thereof.
  • In some embodiments, the compound has the structure:
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00002
  • In some embodiments, the bond between the carbon atoms bearing Ar and R is a single bond, and the groups labeled Ar and R are in an RR configuration, an SS configuration, an SR configuration, or an RS configuration. In some embodiments, the bond between the carbon atoms bearing Ar and R is a double bond.
  • In some embodiments, R is —C(O)-alkyl (i.e., methyl ketone, ethyl ketone, etc.). In some embodiments, R is ethyl ester. In some embodiments, Ar is phenyl, substituted phenyl, pyrrolyl, substituted pyrrolyl, pyridinyl, substituted pyridinyl, thiophene-yl, substituted thiophene-yl, or [1,4]-dioxinyl.
  • In some embodiments, the compound has the structure:
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00003
  • wherein A1, A2, A3, and A4 are independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, halo, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, ester, keto, hydroxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, or nitro. In some embodiments, A1, A2, A3, and A4 are independently H, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, [1,4]dioxin-5-yl, fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl, amino, dimethylamino, methylamido, nitro, azo, benzyl, 2-phenyl ethyl, pyrrolyl, ethyl ester, 1-hydroxyethyl, hydroxyl, methoxy, trifluoromethoxy, or tert-butoxycarbonylamino. In some embodiments, A1 and A2 are H, and A3 and A4 are independently H, fluoro, or trifluoromethyl.
  • In some embodiments, the compound has the structure:
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00004
  • wherein A3 is halo, and m is 2 or 3. In some embodiments, A3 is fluoro.
  • In some embodiments, the compound has the structure:
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00005
  • wherein Y1 is H, methyl, ethyl, or 2-benzylethyl, wherein Y2 is H or halo, and wherein A3 and A4 are independently H or halo.
  • In some embodiments, the compound has the structure:
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00006
  • wherein A1, A2, A3, and A4 are independently H, halo, or haloalkyl, and wherein Y is H or alkyl. In some embodiments, Y is H, A1 and A2 are H, and A3 and A4 are independently H, fluoro, or trifluoromethyl.
  • In another aspect, provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
  • In another aspect, provided herein is a method of treating methamphetamine addiction, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a composition described herein to a subject in need thereof.
  • In another aspect, provided herein is the use of a composition described herein in treating methamphetamine addiction.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • I—Definitions
  • Unless specifically defined otherwise, the technical terms, as used herein, have their normal meaning as understood in the art. The following explanations of terms and methods are provided to better describe the present compounds, compositions and methods, and to guide those of ordinary skill in the art in the practice of the present disclosure. It is also to be understood that the terminology used in the disclosure is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments and examples only and is not intended to be limiting.
  • As used herein, the singular terms “a,” “an,” and “the” include plural referents unless context clearly indicates otherwise. Similarly, the word “or” is intended to include “and” unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Also, as used herein, the term “comprises” means “includes.” Hence “comprising A or B” means including A, B, or A and B.
  • Variables such as X, R, Q, and Ar, including all subvariables thereof (such as X1, X2, etc.) used throughout the disclosure are the same variables as previously defined unless stated to the contrary.
  • “Administration of” and “administering a” compound refers to providing a compound, a prodrug of a compound, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as described herein. The compound or composition can be administered by another person to the subject or it can be self-administered by the subject.
  • The term “alkyl” refers to a branched or unbranched saturated hydrocarbon group, such as, without limitation, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl, eicosyl, tetracosyl and the like. A “lower alkyl” group is a saturated branched or unbranched hydrocarbon having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms (C1-6 alkyl). The term “alkyl” also includes cycloalkyl. The term “substituted alkyl” refers to an alkyl group wherein one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with a substituent such as, without limitation, halogen, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, hydroxyl, aryl, or carboxyl.
  • The term “alkylamino” refers to any straight-chain alkylamino, branched-chain alkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cyclic alkylamino, heteroatom-unsubstituted alkylamino, heteroatom-substituted alkylamino, heteroatom-unsubstituted C1-6-alkylamino, and heteroatom-substituted C1-6-alkylamino. The term “heteroatom-unsubstituted C1-6-alkylamino” refers to a radical, having a single nitrogen atom as the point of attachment, further having one or two saturated carbon atoms attached to the nitrogen atom, further having a linear or branched, cyclic or acyclic structure, containing a total of n carbon atoms, all of which are nonaromatic, 4 or more hydrogen atoms, a total of 1 nitrogen atom, and no additional heteroatoms. For example, a heteroatom-unsubstituted C1-C10-alkylamino has 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The term “heteroatom-unsubstituted C1-10-alkylamino” includes groups, having the structure —NHR, in which R is a heteroatom-unsubstituted C1-10-alkyl, as that term is defined above. A heteroatom-unsubstituted alkylamino group would include, without limitation, —NHCH3, —NHCH2CH3, —NHCH2CH2CH3, —NHCH(CH3)2, —NHCH(CH2)2, —NHCH2CH2CH2CH3, —NHCH(CH3)CH2CH3, —NHCH2CH(CH3)2, —NHC(CH3)3, —N(CH3)2, —N(CH3)CH2CH3, —N(CH2CH3)2, N-pyrrolidinyl, and N-piperidinyl.
  • The term “alkoxy” refers to an alkyl group attached to an oxygen atom to form an ether. The term “substituted alkoxy” refers to an alkoxy group wherein one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with a substituent such as, without limitation, halogen, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, hydroxyl, aryl, or carboxyl.
  • The term “aryl” refers to any carbon-based aromatic group including, but not limited to, benzene, naphthalene, and phenyl. The term “heteroaryl” is defined as an aromatic group that has at least one heteroatom incorporated within the ring of the aromatic group, including, but not limited to, oxazole. Examples of heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and phosphorous. The terms “substituted aryl” and “substituted heteroaryl” refer to an aryl group or heteroaryl group that is substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl, aryl, halide, nitro, amino, ester, ether, ketone, aldehyde, hydroxy, carboxylic acid, cyano, amido, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, or alkoxy.
  • “Carboxyl” refers to a —COOH radical. Substituted carboxyl refers to —COOR where R is aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, alkyl, heteroalkyl, or a carboxylic acid or ester. One such substituted carboxyl is an ethyl ester group which is a —COO—CH2—CH3 group.
  • The term “cycloalkyl” refers to a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least three carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl. The term “heterocycloalkyl group,” is a cycloalkyl group as defined above where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorous.
  • “Derivative” refers to a compound or portion of a compound that is derived from or is theoretically derivable from a parent compound.
  • The terms “halogenated alkyl” or “haloalkyl group” refer to an alkyl group as defined above with one or more hydrogen atoms present on these groups replaced with a halogen (F, Cl, Br, I). A halogenated ether refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms present on an ether, such as a methyl ether (—OCH3), is replaced with one or more halogens. For example, a trifluoromethyl ether has a formula of —OCF3.
  • “Heterocycle” means any saturated, unsaturated or aromatic cyclic moiety wherein said cyclic moiety contains at least one heteroatom selected from of the group consisting of oxygen (O), sulfur (S), phosphorus (P) and nitrogen (N). Heterocycles may be monocyclic or polycyclic rings. The term “substituted heterocycle” refers to an aryl group that is substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, halogen, alkyl, halogenated C1-6 alkyl, alkoxy, halogenated C1-6 alkoxy, amino, amidino, amido, azido, cyano, guanidino, hydroxyl, nitro, nitroso, urea, OS(O)2R, OS(O)2OR, S(O)2OR, S(O)0-2R, or C(O)OR wherein R may be H, alkyl, aryl or any 3 to 10 membered heterocycle; OP(O)OR1OR2, P(O)OR1OR2, SO2, NR1R2 , NR1SO2R2, C(R1)NR2, or C(R1)NOR2, wherein R1 and R2 may be independently H, alkyl, aryl or 3 to 10 membered heterocycle; NR1C(O)R2, NR1C(O)OR2, NR3C(O)NR2R1, C(O)NR1R2, or OC(O)NR1R2, wherein R1, R2 and R3 are each independently selected from H, alkyl, aryl or 3 to 10 membered heterocycle, or R1 and R2 are taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a 3 to 10 membered heterocycle.
  • Exemplary substituents of a heterocycle further include halogen (Br, Cl, I or F), cyano, nitro, oxo, amino, alkyl (e.g., CH3, C2H5, isopropyl, etc.); alkoxy (e.g., OCH3, OC2H5, etc.); halogenated alkyl (e.g., CF3, CHF2, etc.); halogenated alkoxy (e.g., OCF3, CO2F5, etc.); COOH, COO-alkyl, CO-alkyl, alkyl-S (e.g., CH3S, C2H5S, etc); halogenated alkyl-S (e.g., CF3S, C2F5S, etc.); benzyloxy and pyrazolyl I.
  • Exemplary heterocycles include, but are not limited to, azepinyl, aziridinyl, azetyl, azetidinyl, diazepinyl, dithiadiazinyl, dioxazepinyl, dioxolanyl, dithiazolyl, furanyl, isooxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, morpholinyl, oxetanyl, oxadiazolyl, oxiranyl, oxazinyl, oxazolyl, piperazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, piperidyl, piperidino, pyridyl, pyranyl, pyrazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyrrolidinyl, thiatriazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, tetrazinyl, thiadiazinyl, triazinyl, thiazinyl, thiopyranyl, furoisoxazolyl, imidazothiazolyl, thienoisothiazolyl, thienothiazolyl, imidazopyrazolyl, cyclopentapyrazolyl, pyrrolopyrrolyl, thienothienyl, thiadiazolopyrimidinyl, thiazolothiazinyl, thiazolopyrimidinyl, thiazolopyridinyl, oxazolopyrimidinyl, oxazolopyridyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, imidazopyrazinyl, purinyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl, imidazopyridinyl, benzimidazolyl, indazolyl, benzoxathiolyl, benzodioxolyl, benzodithiolyl, indolizinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, furopyrimidinyl, furopyridyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, thienopyrimidinyl, thienopyridyl, benzothienyl, cyclopentaoxazinyl, cyclopentafuranyl, benzoxazinyl, benzothiazinyl, quinazolinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzopyranyl, pyridopyridazinyl and pyridopyrimidinyl groups.
  • The terms “treatment”, “treat” and “treating” refer to a therapeutic intervention that ameliorates a sign or symptom of a disease or pathological condition after it has begun to develop. As used herein, the terms “treatment”, “treat” and “treating,” with reference to a disease, pathological condition or symptom, also refers to any observable beneficial effect of the treatment. The beneficial effect can be evidenced, for example, by a delayed onset of clinical symptoms of the disease in a susceptible subject, a reduction in severity of some or all clinical symptoms of the disease, a slower progression of the disease, a reduction in the number of relapses of the disease, an improvement in the overall health or well-being of the subject, or by other parameters well known in the art that are specific to the particular disease.
  • A “prophylactic” treatment is a treatment administered to a subject who does not exhibit signs of a disease or exhibits only early signs, for the purpose of decreasing the risk of developing pathology.
  • “Coadminister” means that each of at least two compounds are administered during a time frame wherein the respective periods of biological activity overlap. Thus, the term includes sequential as well as coextensive administration of two or more drug compounds.
  • “Optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently described event or circumstance can but need not occur, and that the description includes instances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances where it does not.
  • The terms “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” or “pharmacologically acceptable salt” refers to salts prepared by conventional means, and include basic salts of inorganic and organic acids, such as, without limitation, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, malic acid, acetic acid, oxalic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, lactic acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, salicylic acid, benzoic acid, phenylacetic acid, and mandelic acid. “Pharmaceutically acceptable salts” of the presently disclosed compounds also include those formed from cations such as, without limitation, sodium, potassium, aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, zinc, and from bases such as ammonia, ethylenediamine, N-methyl-glutamine, lysine, arginine, ornithine, choline, N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine, chloroprocaine, diethanolamine, procaine, N-benzylphenethylamine, diethylamine, piperazine, tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane, and tetramethylammonium hydroxide. These salts may be prepared by standard procedures, for example by reaction of the free acid with a suitable organic or inorganic base. Any chemical compound recited in this specification may alternatively be administered as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are also inclusive of the free acid, base, and zwitterionic forms. Descriptions of exemplary pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be found in Stahl and Wermuth, Eds., Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts; Properties, Selection and Use, Wiley VCH (2008). When compounds disclosed herein include an acidic function such as a carboxy group, then suitable pharmaceutically acceptable cation pairs for the carboxy group are well known to those skilled in the art and include, without limitation, alkaline, alkaline earth, ammonium, and quaternary ammonium cations. Such salts are known to those of skill in the art. For additional examples of pharmacologically acceptable salts, see Berge et al, J. Pharm. Sci. 66:1 (1977).
  • “Saturated or unsaturated” includes substituents saturated with hydrogens, substituents completely unsaturated with hydrogens and substituents partially saturated with hydrogens.
  • The term “subject” includes both human and veterinary subjects.
  • A “therapeutically effective amount” or refers to a quantity of a specified agent sufficient to achieve a desired effect in a subject being treated with that agent. Ideally, a therapeutically effective amount of an agent is an amount sufficient to inhibit or treat the disease without causing substantial toxicity in the subject. The therapeutically effective amount of an agent will be dependent on the subject being treated, the severity of the affliction, and the manner of administration of the therapeutic composition. Methods of determining a therapeutically effective amount of the disclosed compound sufficient to achieve a desired effect in a subject will be understood by those of skill in the art in light of this disclosure.
  • II—The Dopamine Transporter
  • Presynaptic transporters are the primary mechanism by which neurotransmitters are deactivated following their physiological release from nerve terminals. MA induces DA transporter (DAT)-associated, Na+-dependent ion currents, suggesting that the drug is a transporter substrate, i.e., it substitutes for DA and is taken up into the cell by the DAT (Sonders M S et al, J Neurosci 17, 960-974 (1997); incorporated by reference herein). Additionally, it is a substrate for the serotonin (5-HT) transporter (SERT) and the norepinephrine (NE) transporter (NET). In rats, DAT activity decreases 1 hour after administration of a single dose of MA but recovers after 24 hours (Fleckenstein A E et al, J Pharmacol Exp Ther 282, 834-838 (1997); incorporated by reference herein). With repeated multiple high doses of MA, DAT activity and density are rapidly reduced and recover very slowly (Kokoshka J M et al, Eur J Pharmacol 361, 269-275 (1998).
  • Amphetamine redistributes the DA transporter (DAT) away from the cell surface (Saunders C et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 97, 6850-6855 (2000); incorporated by reference herein), a trafficking that is paralleled temporally by the loss of DAT activity (Kahlig K M et al, J Biol Chem 279, 8966-8975 (2004); incorporated by reference herein) and may require intracellular amphetamine for regulation (Kahlig K M et al, Mol Pharmacol 70, 542-548 (2006); incorporated by reference herein). Thus, MA interferes with DA deactivation and the physiological function of the DAT.
  • The spatial and temporal signaling and synaptic and extra-synaptic concentrations of biogenic amine neurotransmitters are regulated in part by the DAT, SERT and NET. The transporters are members of the 12-transmembrane domain sodium-chloride dependent transporters, and are the targets of therapeutics for depression as well as for abused drugs such as cocaine and MA (Zahniser N R and Doolen S, Pharmacol Ther 92, 21-55 (2001); incorporated by reference herein). As reviewed by Torres (Torres G E, J Neurochem 97 Suppl 1, 3-10 (2006); incorporated by reference herein), interactions of the DAT with multiple proteins may be important for the assembly, targeting, trafficking or regulation of function. Evidence supports the model of the DAT functioning as an oligomeric complex, which must be targeted to specialized domains within neurons. Second messenger systems, including protein kinase A, protein kinase C, phosphatases, and arachidonic acid regulate activity. Protein kinase C downregulates DAT by increasing the rate of DAT internalization and substrates including DA and amphetamine induce internalization of DAT (Melikian H E, Pharmacol Ther 104, 17-27 (2004); incorporated by reference herein). The DAT interacts with PICK1 (Protein Interacting with C kinase 1), the focal adhesion protein Hic-5, synaptosome-associated protein 25 kDA (SNAP-25), synuclein, receptor for activated C kinase-1 (RACK1), syntaxin, protein phosphatase PP2A and PKC-βII.
  • III—VMAT2: The Vesicular Monoamine Transporter
  • Once taken up into the cell by the DAT, SERT or NET, MA and neurotransmitters interact with a vesicular monoamine transporter (VMAT2) in the membrane of intracellular vesicles. The VMAT2 is found in monoaminergic presynaptic neurons, as well as in peripheral tissues. The VMAT2 pumps cytosolic DA, serotonin (5-HT) and norepinephrine (NE) into several types of vesicles. It functions as an antiporter, with two protons being counterported for each biogenic amine molecule; the proton gradient is maintained by an ATP-dependent proton pump (reviewed in Henry J P et al, J Exp Biol 196, 251-262 (1994); incorporated by reference herein). Using the proton gradient, the VMAT2 in chromaffin cells can develop a monoamine concentration gradient greater than 10,000 (Liu Y and Edwards R H, Ann Rev Neurosci 20, 125-156 (1997); incorporated by reference herein). To put this in context, a vesicle with an internal diameter of 30 nm has a volume of 1.4×10−20 liter, and one molecule in this compartment results in a concentration of ˜100 μM (Wallace L J and Connell L E, Synapse 62, 370-378 (2008); incorporated by reference herein). In axons, VMAT2 is found in synaptic vesicles and large dense-core vesicles, while in cell bodies and dendrites the VMAT2 is found on tubulovesicular structures (Nirenberg M J et al, 92, 8773-8777 (1995); incorporated by reference herein). Because expression varies across brain regions, a recombinant cell system is a useful tool for screening drugs that interact with the VMAT2.
  • The cloning of VMAT2 (Erickson J D et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 93, 5166-5171 (1992); incorporated by reference herein) revealed no sequence homology with the biogenic amine plasma membrane transporters, but some structural similarities were identified, including 12 putative transmembrane domains, glycosylation sites, and several consensus sequences for phosphorylation by kinases. The human (h)VMAT2 is abundantly expressed in monoaminergic cell bodies of brain, in the stomach, and in the adrenal medulla. The hVMAT2 has N and C terminal domains located in the cytoplasm and glycosylation sites facing the vesicle lumen. VMAT2 function is inhibited by the G-protein Gao2 by an interaction with the first luminal domain (Brunk I et al, J Biol Chem 281, 33373-33385 (2006); incorporated by reference herein). By transporting neurotransmitter into vesicles, the VMAT2 participates in the regulation of cytosolic levels and vesicular stores of biogenic amines.
  • The VMAT2 is neuroprotective; pharmacological blockade of VMAT2 enhances 1-methyl-4-phenylpyridinium (MPP+)- and MA-induced DAergic neuronal toxicity (German D C et al, Neuroscience 101, 1063-1069 (2000); incorporated by reference herein), suggesting that VMAT2 protects neurons from some exogenous toxins by facilitating sequestration of the toxins within vesicles. Mice heterozygous for a null VMAT2 mutation are more sensitive to MA toxicity (Fumagalli F et al, J Neurosci 19, 2424-2431. (1999); incorporated by reference herein). Vocci F J and Appel N M, Addiction 102 Suppl 1, 96-106 (2007) (incorporated by reference herein) reviewed possible targets for MA pharmacotherapies and identified the VMAT2 as having an obligatory role in MA activity. By interfering with the ability of neuronal vesicles to transport and accumulate biogenic amines, MA alters both cytosolic and impulse-regulated extracellular concentrations of neurotransmitters.
  • Given the current state of the art, it is unclear how MA gains access to synaptic vesicles: by diffusion, by transport via the VMAT2, some combination of the two, or an unknown mechanism. MA is a base with a pKa of 9.8 and is therefore more than 99% protonated at physiological pH. This form is transported by the plasmalemmal transporters. However, MA is highly lipophilic in the neutral state, and can enter cells in the absence of cell-surface transporters and can enter vesicles from the cytosol across membranes (Sulzer D et al, J Neurosci 15, 4102-4108 (1995); incorporated by reference herein). The uncharged MA in the vesicle could then act as a weak base, bind to free protons, and dissipate the pH gradient (Sulzer D and Rayport S, Neuron 5, 797-808 (1990); incorporated by reference herein). With an increased pH in the vesicle, more neurotransmitter would be unprotonated and able to leave the vesicle across the membranes (Cubells J F et al, J Neurosci 14, 2260-2271 (1994); incorporated by reference herein).
  • MA requires the cell-surface transporter to release transmitter to the extracellular space, as confirmed by studies using DAT knockout animals (Jones S R et al, J Neurosci 18, 1979-1985 (1998); incorporated by reference herein). Consistent with this model, the amphetamine derivative fenfluramine causes efflux of neurotransmitter from chromaffin granules at concentrations above those necessary for disrupting the intragranule pH (Schuldiner S et al, Mol Pharmacol 44, 1227-1231 (1993); incorporated by reference herein).
  • In contrast, Partilla J S et al, J Pharmacol Exp Ther 319, 237-246 (2006); (incorporated by reference herein) concluded that MA's primary interaction is as a substrate of the VMAT2 and release is primarily via carrier-mediated exchange mechanisms. Consistent with this observation, pretreatment with reserpine results in a significant decrease in initial brain uptake of 2 stereoisomers of [11C]MA (Inoue O et al, Eur J Nucl Med 17, 121-126 (1990); incorporated by reference herein).
  • MA interacts directly with the VMAT2, as evidenced by inhibition of [3H]DTBZ binding, albeit at high concentrations (1.2 mM). As a VMAT2 substrate, MA could facilitate release of preloaded neurotransmitter via the VMAT2 in addition to its action as a weak base.
  • IV—VMAT2 Inhibitors
  • One VMAT2 inhibitor, reserpine (Methyl (3β, 16β, 17α, 18β, 20α)-11, 17-dimethoxy-18-[(3,4,5-trimethoxybenzoyl)oxy]yohimban-16-carboxylate) binds with high-affinity to the VMAT2, but the binding is essentially irreversible. This results in depletion of biogenic amines, and requires synthesis of new storage vesicles for recovery of biogenic amine storage. The reserpine binding site of VMAT2 appears to be associated with the neurotransmitter uptake site. In experiments described below, the precursor for [3H]reserpine is synthesized and labeled.
  • Tetrabenazine, also known as TBZ or Xenazine ((SS,RR)-3-isobutyl-9, 10-dimethoxy-1,3,4,6,7,11b-hexahydro-pyrido[2,1-a]isoquinolin-2-one),on the other hand, does bind reversibly to the VMAT2, but was developed for the treatment of schizophrenia half a century ago (Kenney C and Jankovic J, Expert Rev Neurother 6, 7-17 (2006); incorporated by reference herein). TBZ appears to bind to a different site on the VMAT2 than reserpine. One model of the binding sites on VMAT2 proposes that the reserpine site has high affinity for substrates and is directed toward the cytosol. After binding of substrate to the VMAT2, a conformational change results in the TBZ-binding conformation (Henry et al, 1998 supra). Dihydrotetrabenazine (DTBZ or 2-Hydroxytetrabenazine) was labeled with a radioligand and used to label VMAT2 herein. DTBZ has a hydroxyl group substituted for the ketone of TBZ and has high affinity for VMAT2.
  • Lobeline (2-((2R,6S)-6-((S)-2-Hydroxy-2-phenylethyl)-1-methylpiperidin-2-yl)-1-phenylethanone) a lipophilic alkaloid of Indian tobacco, interacts with both the VMAT2 and the DAT, and is being investigated as a possible therapeutic for MA abuse (reviewed in Dwoskin and Crooks, Biochem Pharmacol 63, 89-98 (2002). It is quite possible that lobeline and related compounds bind to the same site that reserpine binds, but currently there are no available radioligands to label that site. In transfected cells, lobeline has an affinity of 4.3 μM at VMAT2 and 5.4 μM at the DAT (Miller D K et al, J Pharmacol Exp Ther 310, 1035-1045 (2004); incorporated by reference herein), while in striatal preparations, lobeline has affinity of 0.88 μM at VMAT2 (Teng L et al, J Pharmacol Exp Ther 280, 1432-1444 (1997); incorporated by reference herein). In rats trained to lever press for intravenous MA or sucrose, pretreatment with lobeline decreased responding to both acutely, however the effect on sucrose showed tolerance over several days, while the lobeline suppression of MA-responding was robust over 7 days of testing (Harrod S B et al, J Pharmacol Exp Ther 298, 172-179 (2001); incorporated by reference herein).
  • Ketanserin is primarily considered to be a 5-HT2 receptor antagonist, however it also has high affinity for VMAT2 (reviewed in Zheng G et al, AAPS J 8, E682-692 (2006); incorporated by reference herein).
  • These drugs will be used throughout the assays described below.
  • V—Compounds
  • Disclosed herein are compounds useful for selectively inhibiting functional activity of VMAT2. These compounds can be biodiastereoselective and manifest bioenantioselectivity. Compounds disclosed herein have been shown to be potent antagonists of [3H]5HT uptake by the hVMAT2 and their potency is correlated with their reversible inhibition of [3H]reserpine binding to the hVMAT2. While [3H]DTBZ and [3H]ketanserin are available, DTBZ and ketanserin bind at a site that is not associated with hVMAT2 function.
  • Disclosed herein are compounds of Formula I
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00007
  • wherein X is a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered aryl or substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl,
  • Z is N or CH,
  • m is 1, 2, or 3,
  • Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered aryl or a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl,
  • R is H, ethyl ester, isopropyl ester, —C(O)-alkyl (i.e., methyl ketone, ethyl ketone, etc.), or substituted or unsubstituted 5-membered heteroaryl,
  • Y is H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
  • wherein the bond between the carbon atoms bearing Ar and R is a single or double bond,
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, crystal form, isomer, or isotopomer thereof.
  • In some embodiments, the bond between the carbon atoms bearing Ar and R is a single bond, and the groups labeled Ar and R are in an RR configuration, an SS configuration, an SR configuration, or an RS configuration.
  • Additionally disclosed are compounds of Formula II:
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00008
  • wherein Y is H, and X, m, Ar, R, and Y are defined as for Formula I. In still further examples of the compounds of Formula II, R is ethyl ester.
  • Additionally disclosed are compounds of Formula III:
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00009
  • wherein A1, A2, A3, and A4, are independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, halo, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, ester, keto, hydroxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, or nitro. In still further examples, A1, A2, A3, and A4 are independently H, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, [1,4]dioxin-5-yl, fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl, amino, dimethylamino, methylamido, nitro, azo, benzyl, 2-phenyl ethyl, pyrrolyl, ethyl ester, keto, 1-hydroxyethyl, hydroxyl, methoxy, trifluoromethoxy, or tert-butoxycarbonylamino.
  • Additionally disclosed are compounds of Formula IV
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00010
  • wherein A3 is halo and m is 2 or 3.
  • Additionally disclosed are compounds of Formula V
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00011
  • wherein Y1 is H, methyl, ethyl, or 2-benzylethyl, wherein Y2 is H or halo, and wherein A3 and A4 are independently H or halo.
  • Additionally disclosed are compounds of Formula VI
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00012
  • wherein A1, A2, A3, and A4 are independently H, halo, or haloalkyl and wherein Y is H or alkyl.
  • Certain compounds described herein may be synthesized according to Scheme 1, below. Additional compounds described herein may be synthesized using similar methods.
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00013
  • Compounds 1a, 1b and 1c are shown below, and can be interchangeably used in conditions e above.
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00014
  • The Ar substituents are shown here:
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00015
    Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00016
    Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00017
    Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00018
    Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00019
  • The compounds described herein can be formulated in any excipient a biological system or entity can tolerate to produce pharmaceutical compositions. Examples of such excipients include, but are not limited to, water, aqueous hyaluronic acid, saline, Ringer's solution, dextrose solution, Hank's solution, and other aqueous physiologically balanced salt solutions. Nonaqueous vehicles, such as fixed oils, vegetable oils such as olive oil and sesame oil, triglycerides, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate can also be used. Other useful formulations include suspensions containing viscosity enhancing agents, such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sorbitol, or dextran. Excipients can also contain minor amounts of additives, such as substances that enhance isotonicity and chemical stability. Examples of buffers include phosphate buffer, bicarbonate buffer and Tris buffer, while examples of preservatives include thimerosal, cresols, formalin and benzyl alcohol. In certain aspects, the pH can be modified depending upon the mode of administration. For example, a formulation having a pH of from about 5 to about 6 may be suitable for topical applications. Additionally, the pharmaceutical compositions can include carriers, thickeners, diluents, preservatives, surface active agents and the like in addition to the compounds described herein.
  • The pharmaceutical compositions can also include one or more active ingredients used in combination with the compounds described herein. Any of the compounds described herein can contain combinations of two or more pharmaceutically-acceptable compounds. Examples of such compounds include, but are not limited to, hypertension agents, anti-emetics, anti-psychotic agents, chlorpromazine, and the like.
  • The pharmaceutical compositions can be prepared using techniques known in the art. In one aspect, the composition is prepared by admixing a compound described herein with a pharmaceutically-acceptable compound and/or carrier. The term “admixing” is defined as mixing the two components together so that there is no chemical reaction or physical interaction. The term “admixing” also includes the chemical reaction or physical interaction between the compound and the pharmaceutically-acceptable compound. Covalent bonding to reactive therapeutic drugs, e.g., those having nucleophilic groups, can be undertaken on the compound. Second, non-covalent entrapment of a pharmacologically active agent in a cross-linked polysaccharide is also possible. Third, electrostatic or hydrophobic interactions can facilitate retention of a pharmaceutically-acceptable compound in the compounds described herein.
  • It will be appreciated that the actual preferred amounts of active compound in a specified case will vary according to the specific compound being utilized, the particular compositions formulated, the mode of application, and the particular situs and subject being treated. Dosages for a given host can be determined using conventional considerations, e.g., by customary comparison of the differential activities of the subject compounds and of a known agent, e.g., by means of an appropriate conventional pharmacological protocol. Physicians and formulators, skilled in the art of determining doses of pharmaceutical compounds, can determine dose according to standard recommendations (Physicians Desk Reference, Barnhart Publishing (1999)).
  • The pharmaceutical compositions described herein can be administered in a number of ways depending on whether local or systemic treatment is desired, and on the area to be treated. Compositions as described herein can be administered by different routes, including, without limitation, intravenous, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, and oral administration. For oral administration, the compositions can be formulated into oral dosage forms such as, for example, tablets or liquid-filled capsules, or liquid preparations such as syrups, elixirs, or concentrated drops. For injection, compositions can be formulated in isotonic liquid solutions, such as in physiologically compatible buffers or carbohydrate solutions. Administration can be topically (including ophthalmically, rectally, intranasally). Formulations for topical administration can include ointments, lotions, creams, gels, drops, suppositories, sprays, liquids and powders. Conventional pharmaceutical carriers, aqueous, powder or oily bases, thickeners and the like can be necessary or desirable. Administration can also be directly into the lung by inhalation of an aerosol or dry micronized powder.
  • Preparations for administration include sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, suspensions, and emulsions. Examples of non-aqueous carriers include water, alcoholic/aqueous solutions, emulsions or suspensions, including saline and buffered media. Parenteral vehicles, if needed for collateral use of the disclosed compositions and methods, include sodium chloride solution, Ringer's dextrose, dextrose and sodium chloride, lactated Ringer's, or fixed oils. Intravenous vehicles, if needed for collateral use of the disclosed compositions and methods, include fluid and nutrient replenishers, electrolyte replenishers (such as those based on Ringer's dextrose), and the like. Preservatives and other additives can also be present such as, for example, antimicrobials, anti-oxidants, chelating agents, and inert gases and the like.
  • Dosing is dependent on severity and responsiveness of the condition to be treated, but will normally be one or more doses per day, with course of treatment lasting from several days to several months or until one of ordinary skill in the art determines the delivery should cease. Persons of ordinary skill can easily determine optimum dosages, dosing methodologies and repetition rates.
  • EXAMPLES
  • The following examples are illustrative of disclosed methods. In light of this disclosure, those of skill in the art will recognize that variations of these examples and other examples of the disclosed method would be possible without undue experimentation.
  • Example 1 Biogenic Amine Transporters [125I]RTI-55 Binding
  • Standard methods of assessing [3H]neurotransmitter uptake and [125I]RTI-55 binding using HEK cell lines are described in Eshleman et al, J Pharmacol Exp Therap 289, 877-885 (1999), which is incorporated by reference herein and were as follows:
  • Compounds were weighed and dissolved in DMSO to make a stock solution of 10 mM. An initial dilution to 50 μM in assay buffer or water for binding, or to 1 mM in assay buffer or water for uptake, was made. Subsequent dilutions were made with assay buffer supplemented with DMSO, maintaining a final concentration of 0.1% DMSO. Pipetting was conducted using a Biomek 2000 robotic workstation.
  • Cell preparation: Human embryonic kidney cells expressing the recombinant human dopamine transporter (HEK-hDAT), serotonin transporter (HEK-hSERT) or norepinephrine transporter (HEK-hNET) were used. Cells were grown to 100% confluence on 150 mm diameter tissue culture dishes and served as the tissue source. Cell membranes were prepared as follows. Medium was poured off the plate, and the plate was washed with 10 ml of calcium- and magnesium-free phosphate-buffered saline. Lysis buffer (10 ml; 2 mM HEPES with 1 mM EDTA) was added. After 10 min, lysed cells were scraped from plates, transferred into centrifuge tubes, and centrifuged at 30,000×g for 20 min. The supernatant fluid was removed, and the pellet was resuspended in 12-32 ml of sucrose (0.32 M) using a Polytron at setting 7 for 10 sec. The resuspension volume depended on the density of binding sites within a cell line and was chosen to reflect binding of 10% or less of the total radioactivity.
  • Assay conditions: Each assay tube contained 50 μl of membrane preparation (about 10-25 μg of protein), 25 μl of unknown or buffer (Krebs-HEPES, pH 7.4; 122 mM NaCl, 2.5 mM CaCl2, 1.2 mM MgSO4, 10 μM pargyline, 100 μM tropolone, 0.2% glucose and 0.02% ascorbic acid, buffered with 25 mM HEPES), 25 μl of [125I]RTI-55 (40-80 μM final concentration) and additional buffer sufficient to bring the final volume to 250 μl. Membranes were preincubated with unknowns for 10 min prior to the addition of the [125I]RTI-55. The assay tubes were incubated at 25° C. for 90 min in the dark. Binding was terminated by filtration over Whatman GF/C filters using a Tomtec Mach II or MACH III 96-well cell harvester. Filters were washed for six seconds with ice-cold saline. Scintillation fluid was added to each square and radioactivity remaining on the filters was determined using a Wallac μ- or beta-plate reader. Specific binding was defined as the difference in binding observed in the presence and absence of mazindol (5 μM, HEK-hDAT and HEK-hNET) or imipramine (5 μM, HEK-hSERT). Three or more independent competition experiments were conducted with duplicate determinations, unless the IC50 value for a drug was greater than 10 μM, and then only two experiments were conducted. GraphPAD Prism was used to analyze the data, with IC50 values converted to Ki values using the Cheng-Prusoff equation and Kd values for [125I]RTI-55 of 1.2, 0.98, and 12.1 nM for hDAT, hSERT and hNET, respectively.
  • Example 2 Biogenic Amine Transporter [3H]Neurotransmitter Uptake
  • Compounds were tested for potency at inhibition of [3H]DA (dopamine), [3H]NE (norepinephrine) or [3H]5-HT (serotonin) uptake if the Ki value for inhibition of [125I]RTI-55 binding to hDAT, hNET or hSERT, respectively, was less than 10 μM.
  • Cell preparation: Human embryonic kidney cells expressing the recombinant human dopamine transporter (HEK-hDAT), serotonin transporter (HEK-hSERT) or norepinephrine transporter (HEK-hNET) were used. Cells were grown to confluence as described above. The medium was removed, and cells were washed with phosphate buffered saline (PBS) at room temperature. Following the addition of 3 ml Krebs Hepes buffer, the plates were warmed in a 25° C. water bath for 5 min. The cells were gently scraped and then triturated with a pipette. Cells from multiple plates were combined. One plate provided enough cells for 48 wells, which was required to generate data on two complete curves for the unknowns.
  • Uptake inhibition assay conditions: The assay was conducted in 96 1-ml vials. Krebs-HEPES (350 μl) and unknowns (50 μl) were added to vials and placed in a 25° C. water bath. Specific uptake was defined as the difference in uptake observed in the presence and absence of mazindol (5 μM, HEK-hDAT and HEK-hNET) or imipramine (5 μM, HEK-hSERT). Cells (50 μl) were added and preincubated with the unknowns for 10 min. The assay was initiated by the addition of [3H]DA, [3H]5-HT, or [3H]NE (50 μl, 20 nM final concentration). Filtration through Whatman GF/C filters presoaked in 0.05% polyethylenimine was used to terminate uptake after 10 min. The IC50 values were calculated applying the GraphPAD Prism program to each curve made up of 6 drug concentrations each. Three or more independent competition experiments were conducted with triplicate determinations, unless the IC50 value is greater than 10 μM, and then only two experiments were conducted.
  • Example 3 VMAT2: [3H]Dihydrotetrabenazine (DHTB) and [3H]Ketanserin Binding Assays
  • Membrane preparation for binding, uptake and release assays using HEK-hVMAT2 cells: Human embryonic kidney cells expressing the human vesicular monoamine transporter 2 (HEK-hVMAT2) were used. HEK-hVMAT2 cells were grown until confluent. The media was removed from plates, solution A [sucrose (0.32 M) with protease inhibitors] was added to the plate, and cells were scraped from plate. Cells were homogenized with 12 strokes of a glass/glass homogenizer. The homogenate was centrifuged at 800×g for 10 min. The supernatant was removed and saved, and the pellet was resuspended, homogenized and centrifuged as above. The supernatants were combined and centrifuged at 10,000×g for 20 min. The pellet was resuspended in solution A (0.75 ml). The membranes were osmotically shocked by addition of 2.625 ml ice cold water and homogenized by 5 strokes of a glass/Teflon homogenizer. The osmolarity was reestablished with addition of Tris (338 μl, 0.25M, pH 7.4 at 4° C.), sodium potassium tartrate (338 μl, 1.0 M), and MgSO4 (4 μl, 0.9M). The homogenate was centrifuged at 20,000×g for 20 min.
  • [3H]DHTB binding assay: The pellet was resuspended in sucrose (0.32M, 2.5-5 ml/plate of cells). The membrane preparation from one plate was sufficient to conduct 2-4 drug curves, and depended on the confluency of the plate. The binding assay included membrane preparation (50 μl), drug, [3H]DHTB (7-10 nM), and VMAT buffer (2 mM MgSO4, 25 mM Tris, 100 mM NaK tartrate, 0.5mM EDTA, 4 mM KCl, 1.7 mM ascorbic acid, 100 μM tropolone and 10 μM pargyline, pH 7.4 at 25° C.) in a final volume of 0.25 ml. Drugs were preincubated with membranes for 10 minutes prior to the addition of [3H]DHTB, and the assay was incubated in the dark for 60 min at room temp. Binding was terminated by filtration over Whatman GF/C filters using a Tomtec 96-well cell harvester. Filters were washed for six seconds with ice-cold saline. Scintillation fluid was added to each square and radioactivity remaining on the filters was determined using a Wallac μ- or beta-plate reader. Specific binding was defined as the difference in binding observed in the presence and absence of Ro4-1284 (10 μM, generously supplied by Hoffman LaRoche). Three or more independent competition experiments were conducted with duplicate determinations. GraphPAD Prism was used to analyze the data, with IC50 values converted to Ki values using the Cheng-Prusoff equation and a Kd value of 38.4 nM for [3H]DHTB.
  • Example 4 VMAT2: [3H]APQ Binding Assay
  • Human embryonic kidney cells expressing the human vesicular monoamine transporter 2 (HEK-hVMAT2) were used. HEK-hVMAT2 cells were grown until confluent. The media was removed from plates, ice cold 25 mM Tris-HCl [with protease inhibitors] was added to the plate, and cells were scraped from the plate. Cells were homogenized with a Polytron homogenizer on setting 6 for 6 seconds. The homogenate was centrifuged at 30,900×g for 20 min. The pellet was osmotically shocked by addition of 2.625 ml ice cold water and homogenized by 5 strokes of a glass/Teflon homogenizer. The osmolarity was reestablished with addition of Tris (338 μl, 0.25M, pH 7.4 at 4° C.), sucrose (0.32M), sodium potassium tartrate (338 μl, 1.0 M), and MgSO4 (4 μl, 0.9M). The homogenate is centrifuged at 30,900×g for 20 min.
  • [3H]APQ binding assay: The membrane preparation from one plate was sufficient to conduct 2-4 drug curves, and depended on the confluency of the plate. The binding assay included membrane preparation (50 μl), drug, [3H]APQ (40-50 nM), and VMAT buffer (2 mM MgSO4, 25 mM Tris, 100 mM NaK tartrate, sucrose (0.32 M), 0.5 mM EDTA, 4 mM KCl, 1.7 mM ascorbic acid, 100 μM tropolone and 10 μM pargyline, pH 7.4 at 4° C.) in a final volume of 0.25 ml. Drugs were pre-incubated with membranes for 10 minutes prior to the addition of [3H]APQ, and the assay was incubated in the dark for 60 min at 4° C. Binding was terminated by filtration over Whatman GF/C filters using a Tomtec 96-well cell harvester. Filters were washed for six seconds with ice-cold Tris-HCl (25 mM). Scintillation fluid was added to each square and radioactivity remaining on the filters was determined using a Wallac μ- or beta-plate reader. Specific binding was defined as the difference in binding observed in the presence and absence of 10 μM O-7443 (an analog of APQ). Three or more independent competition experiments were conducted with duplicate determinations. GraphPAD Prism was used to analyze the data, with IC50 values converted to Ki values using the Cheng-Prusoff equation and a Kd value of 93.5 nM for [3H]APQ.
  • Example 5 Reserpine Binding Assay
  • Membrane preparation for binding assays using HEK-hVMAT2 cells: Human embryonic kidney cells expressing the human vesicular monoamine transporter 2 (HEK-hVMAT2) were used. HEK-hVMAT2 cells were grown until confluent. The media was removed from plates, ice cold 25 mM Tris-HCl [with protease inhibitors] was added to the plate, and cells were scraped from the plate. Cells were homogenized with a Polytron homogenizer on setting 6 for 6 seconds. The homogenate was centrifuged at 30,900×g for 20 min. The pellet was osmotically shocked by addition of 2.625 ml ice cold water and homogenized by 5 strokes of a glass/Teflon homogenizer. The osmolarity was reestablished with addition of Tris (338 μl, 0.25 M, pH 7.4 at 4° C.), sucrose (0.32 M), sodium potassium tartrate (338 μl, 1.0 M), and MgSO4 (4 μl, 0.9M). The homogenate was centrifuged at 30,900×g for 20 min.
  • [3H]Reserpine binding assay: The membrane preparation from two plates was sufficient to conduct 1 drug curve, and depended on the confluency of the plate. The binding assay included membrane preparation (100 μl), drug, [3H]Reserpine (7-10 nM), and VMAT buffer (2 mM MgSO4, 25 mM Tris, 100 mM NaK tartrate, sucrose (0.32M), 0.5 mM EDTA, 4 mM KCl, 1.7 mM ascorbic acid, 100 μM tropolone and 10 μM pargyline, pH 7.4 at 30° C.) in a final volume of 1 ml. Drugs were pre-incubated with membranes in 13×100 borosilicate tubes for 10 minutes prior to the addition of [3H]Reserpine, and the assay was incubated in the dark for 60 min at 30° C. Binding was terminated by addition of 1 μM reserpine at 4° C. for 10 minutes. Individual samples were filtered over Whatman GF/C filters using a Millipore 12-channel membrane harvester and washed with 12 ml ice-cold Tris-HCl (25 mM). Scintillation fluid was added to each scintillation tube and radioactivity remaining on the filters was determined using a Beckman LS-6500 multi-purpose scintillation counter. Specific binding was defined as the difference in binding observed in the presence and absence of 1 μM Reserpine. Three or more independent competition experiments were conducted with duplicate determinations. GraphPAD Prism was used to analyze the data, with IC50 values converted to Ki values using the Cheng-Prusoff equation and a Kd value of 8.6 nM for [3H]Reserpine.
  • Example 6 h5HT1A Receptors: [3H]8-OH-DPAT Binding
  • Human embryonic kidney cells expressing the human 5HT1A receptor (HEK-h5HT1A) were used. The cells were grown to confluence in DMEM containing 10% FetalClone® (abbreviated as FC—source: HyClone), 0.05% penicillin-streptomycin (pen-strep), and 300 μg/mL of Geneticin (G418). The cells were scraped from 150 mm plates into phosphate-buffered saline and centrifuged at 270×g, 1200 rpm, for 10 minutes. The cell pellet was homogenized in 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.7) with a Polytron, and centrifuged at 27,000×g. The homogenization and centrifugation were repeated to wash any remaining 5HT from the growth media. The final pellet was resuspended at 0.5 mg protein/mL in assay buffer (25 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, containing 100 μM ascorbic acid and 10 μM pargyline). The assay was performed in duplicate in a 96-well plate. Serial dilutions of test compounds were made using the Biomek 2000 robotics system. The reaction mixture contained unknown compound, 100 μl of cell homogenate (0.05 mg protein/well) and 100 μl of [3H]8-OH-DPAT (0.5 nM final concentration, 170 Ci/mmol, Perkin Elmer) in a final volume of 1 ml. Nonspecific binding was determined with 1.0 μM dihydroergotamine. The plates were incubated at room temperature for 60 minutes and then filtered through polyethylenimine-soaked (0.05%) “A” filtermats on a Tomtec cell harvester. The filters were washed with cold 50 mM Tris buffer (pH 7.7) for 6 sec, dried, spotted with scintillation cocktail, and counted for 2 minutes after a 4 hour delay on a Wallac Betaplate 1205 liquid scintillation counter. IC50 values were calculated with GraphPad Prism, and IC50 values were converted to Ki values using the Cheng-Prusoff correction and a Kd value of 5.02 nM for [3H]8-OH-DPAT.
  • Example 7 h5HT2A and 2C Receptors: [125I]DOI Binding Assays
  • The method was adapted from A R Knight et al, Naunyn-Schmeideberg's Arch Pharmacol 370, 114-123 (2004).
  • Method: Human embryonic kidney cells expressing the human 5HT2A receptor (HEK-h5HT2A) or human 5HT2C receptor (HEK-h5HT2C) were used. The cells were grown until confluent on 15 cm plates. Media was removed, cells were washed with phosphate-buffered saline (PBS), scraped into 2 ml PBS and frozen at −20° C. until needed. Cell suspension was thawed, 10 ml assay buffer (50 mM Tris, pH 7.4 at 37° C., with 0.1% ascorbic acid and 5 mM CaCl2) was added per plate of cells, and polytronned at setting 6 for 5 sec. The homogenate was centrifuged at 15,500 rpm for 20 min. To minimize the residual 5HT concentration, the pellet was resuspended in buffer, polytronned, and centrifuged as above. The final pellet was resuspended in 2 ml buffer/plate of cells.
  • The binding assay included 50 μl drug, 5HT or buffer, 50 μl cell homogenate, 50 μl [125I]DOI (˜0.1 nM) and buffer in a final volume of 250 μl. Specific binding was defined as the difference between total binding and binding in the presence of 10 μM 5HT. The reaction was incubated for 1 hour at 37° C., and terminated by filtration through Wallac A filtermats presoaked in 0.05% polyethylenimine using a Tomtec 96-well harvester. Radioactivity remaining on filters was counted in a Wallac betaplate reader. IC50 values were calculated using GraphPad Prism. IC50 values were converted using the Cheng-Prusoff equation. The density of 5HT2A receptors was 612±19 fmol/mg protein. The density of 5HT2C receptors was 900±170 fmol/mg protein. The Kd values used in the equations were 3.624 nM and 4.18 nM for [125I] DOI at 5HT2A and 5HT2C receptors, respectively.
  • Example 8 Ketanserin Analogs
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00020
  • These compounds showed poor blocking of radioligand binding to recombinant hVMAT2 or/and manifested substantial potency at blocking radioligand binding to the 5-HT2a receptor.
  • TABLE 1
    Binding of Ketanserin Analogs
    5-HT1A
    hVMAT2 hVMAT2 [3H] 8-OH 5-HT2A
    [3H]DTBZ 5HT Uptake DP AT [125I]DOI
    Ki (nM) ± IC50 (nM) ± Ki(nM) ± Ki (nM) ±
    R1 R2 SEM SEM SEM SEM
    H H 119 ± 3  142 ± 23  >3 μM 24.7 ± 7.6
    Br H   >3 μM >2 μM >2 μM  0.80 ± 0.24
    H α-CO2Et 1166 ± 314 60 ± 10 >10 μM 37.3 ± 8.5
    H α/β-CH3 276 ± 24 333 ± 106 >10 μM  45.9 ± 12.4
    H α >6.4 μM >7.3 μM   >5 μM 19.8 ± 5.8
  • New compounds comprising a direct link between the piperidine and 4-aryl group were then generated to alter the molecular topology of the molecule. A robust synthesis was developed and 5 new compounds were prepared as shown in Table 3.
  • Example 9 APQ Analogs
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00021
  • Preliminary data on these compounds indicated that a novel VMAT2 selective inhibitor could be obtained. All the compounds inhibited uptake of [3H]5HT with the compound having a double bond at 3, 4 and a hydrogen at R1 being especially potent. The compound having a cis ethyl ester at R1 and a single bond at 3, 4 was also quite potent at inhibiting uptake, but showed no binding to the 5-HT2A receptor. This can be compared to the compound with a trans ethyl ester that inhibited 5HT uptake, but bound to the 5-HT2A receptor. Data are summarized in Table 2.
  • TABLE 2
    Summary of Initial APQ Analog Data
    5-HT1A
    hVMAT2 hVMAT2 [3H] 8-OH 5-HT2A
    [3H]DTBZ 5HT Uptake DPAT [125I]DOI
    3,4- Ki (nM) ± IC50 (nM) ± Ki(nM) ± Ki (nM) ±
    R1 bond SEM SEM SEM SEM
    H ene 821 ± 197 3.9 ± 0.5 197 ± 15 139 ± 27
    H single 752 ± 372  10 ± 2.6 >4.2 μM 126 ± 39
    CO2-Et ene 874 ± 276 66 ± 15 >6.3  81 ± 26
    β-CO2-Et single >9 μM  17 ± 4.4 >10.0 μM >10.0 μM
    α-CO2-Et single >1.2 μM   74 ± 16 >10 μM 37.3 ± 8.5
  • Example 10 Binding of Compounds of Formula Ill:
  • Formula Ill
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00022
  • TABLE 3
    hVMAT2 5-HT1A
    hVMAT2 5HT [3H] 8-OH 5-HT2A
    [3H]DTBZ Uptake DPAT [125I]DOI
    A1 A2 A3 A4 Ki (nM) ± SEM IC50 (nM) ± SEM Ki (nM) ± SEM Ki (nM) ± SEM
    H H H H 1166 ± 314  17 ± 4.4 >10 μM 37.3 ± 8.5
    H H F H  >7 μM 32 ± 8   >9 μM  >2 μM
    H H H F >10 μM 63 ± 10
    F H H H >10 μM 28 ± 12
    H H F F >10 μM 100 ± 19 
    H H Cl H >10 μM 49 ± 1 
    H H H Cl  >9 μM 34 ± 8 
    H H Cl Cl
    H H H OCH3 >10 μM 180 ± 54 
    H H OCH3 OCH3 >10 μM >3 μM
    H H NO2 H >10 μM 758 ± 165
    H H NH2 H >10 μM 2155 ± 237 
    N(CH3)2 H H H  >6 μM >2 μM
    H H H N(CH3)2 >10 μM >5 μM >10 μM >10 μM
    H H H N3  >7 μM 74 ± 11
    CF3 H H H 328 ± 38 
    H H CF3 H >10 μM 416 ± 43  >10 μM >10 μM
    H H H CF3 >10 μM 166 ± 6  >10 μM >10 μM
    CH3 H H H  >5 μM 31 ± 3 
    H H CH3 H  >9 μM 313 ± 54  >10 μM >10 μM
    H H H CH3 >6200 53 ± 10
    H H Benzyl H >10 μM >10 μM  >10 μM >10 μM
    H H Isopropyl H 1625 ± 107 684 ± 249
    H H OCH3 H >10 μM 36 ± 11
    H H CH2CH3 H >8400 906 ± 14 
    H H COOEt H >10 μM >10 μM  >10 μM >10 μM
    H H OCF3 H  >5 μM
    H H OH OH 333 ± 85 
    H H CHOHCH3 H  >9 μM >8 μM >10 μM >10 μM
    H H CONH2 H  >3 μM >10 μM 
  • Example 11 Binding of Optical Activity Variants of Formula Ill
  • The compound of Formula Ill above with A1=H, A2=H, A3=F, and A4=H is designated Compound 5d. 5d was separated into purified + and − variants. Results are shown in Table 4.
  • TABLE 4
    hVMAT2 hVMAT2 5-HT1A 5-HT2A
    [3H]DTBZ 5HT Uptake [3H] 8-OH [125I]DOI
    Ki IC50 DPAT Ki Ki
    Compound (nM) ± SEM (nM) ± SEM (nM) ± SEM (nM) ± SEM
    5d (+/−)  >7 μM 32 ± 8    >9 μM  >2 μM
    5d+ >10 μM 16 ± 3.3 >10 μM >10 μM
    5d− >10 μM 52.9 ± 10.5  >10 μM >10 μM
  • Example 12 Binding of Compounds of Formula IV
  • The following is an example of a compound of Formula IV wherein A3 is F. Binding of variants in the alkyl linker is described in Table 5.
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00023
  • TABLE 5
    5-HT1A
    hVMAT2 hVMAT2 [3H] 8-OH 5-HT2A
    [3H]DTBZ 5HT Uptake DPAT [125I]DOI
    Ki (nM) ± IC50 (nM) ± Ki(nM) ± Ki (nM) ±
    n SEM SEM SEM SEM
    1 >7 μM 32 ± 8 >9 μM >2 μM
    2 >10 μM 43 ± 4 >10 μM
    3 >10 μM 133 ± 52
  • Example 13 Binding of Compounds of Formula V
  • Compounds of Formula V were synthesized. Binding of variants in A1 are shown in Table 6 below.
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00024
  • TABLE 6
    5-HT1A
    hVMAT2 hVMAT2 [3H] 8-OH 5-HT2A
    [3H]DTBZ 5HT Uptake DPAT [125I]DOI
    Ki (nM) ± IC50 (nM) ± Ki(nM) ± Ki (nM) ±
    A1 SEM SEM SEM SEM
    H >10 μM  60 ± 26 >9 μM >9 μM
    CH3 >8 μM 312 ± 18
  • Example 14 Binding of Compounds of Formula VI
  • Binding of compounds with the structure of Formula VI wherein A1 and A2 are both H is shown in Table 7 below.
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00025
  • TABLE 7
    5-HT1A
    hVMAT2 hVMAT2 [3H] 8-OH 5-HT2A
    [3H]DTBZ 5HT Uptake DPAT [125I]DOI
    Ki (nM) ± IC50 (nM) ± Ki(nM) ± Ki (nM) ±
    A3 A4 SEM SEM SEM SEM
    H CF3 >10 μM  342 ± 103
    CF3 H >10 μM 1471 ± 65 
    H F >10 μM 200 ± 51
    F H >10 μM 133 ± 20
  • Example 15 Synthesis of 2H-Oxazolo[2,3-b]quinazolin-5(3H)-one (Compound 1a)
  • A dry 250 mL round bottom flask was charged with 3-(2-chloroethyl)-2,4-quinazolinedione (2.00 g, 8.90 mmol), KI (148 mg, 0.89 mmol), K2CO3 (2.46 g, 17.8 mmol), and dry acetonitrile (32 mL), then heated to 80° C. for 5 h. The mixture was concentrated, then partitioned between CH2Cl2 (75 mL) and H2O (20 mL), and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was further extracted with CH2Cl2 (25 mL), and the combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated to give compound 1a (1.66 g, 99%) as a white solid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3)δ 8.18 (dd, J=1.7, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (ddd, J=1.7, 7.2, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (ddd, J=1.1, 7.2, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 4.76 (dd, J=7.7, 8.6 Hz, 2H), 4.37 (t, J=8.0, 8.6 Hz, 2H).
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00026
  • Example 16 Synthesis of 2H-Oxazolo[3,2-a]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5(3H)-one (Compound 1b)
  • The compound was prepared as a light yellow solid according to Sugiyama M et al, Chem Pharm Bull 37, 2091-2102 (1989); incorporated by reference herein.
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00027
  • Example 17 Synthesis of 7,9-dibromo-2H-oxazolo[2,3-b]quinazolin-5(3H)-one (Compound 1c) and 7-bromo-2H-oxazolo[2,3-b]quinazolin-5(3H)-one (Compound 1d).
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00028
  • To a stirred solution of 3-(2-Chloroethyl)-2,4(1H,3H)-quinazolinedione (2.5 g, 11.1 mmol) in CHCl3 (50 mL) at room temperature, was added Bromine (1.14 mL, 22.2 mmol). The resulting solution was heated at 65° C. for 2 days at which time another 2 equivalents of bromine was added. Heating continued for 2 more days and another 2 equivalents of bromine was added. After 3 more days of heating, 4 equivalents of bromine were added to the solution and heating continued for 3 days. The solution was then cooled to room temperature, basified with sat. Na2CO3 and extracted with CHCl3 (5×50 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated affording compound 1. The crude product was carried on without any further purification.
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00029
  • The crude reaction mixture from above was dissolved in CH3CN (15 ml) and K2CO3 (1.37 g, 9.9 mmol) and KI (82 mg, 0.5 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated to 80° C. overnight. The mixture was then concentrated, partitioned between CH2Cl2 (75 mL) and H2O (20 mL), and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was further extracted with CH2Cl2 (25 mL), and the combined organic layers were dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated to give the crude mixture. The compounds were separated on silica gel eluting with 10-25% EtOAc/CH2Cl2.
  • 7,9-dibromo-2H-oxazolo[2,3-b]quinazolin-5(3H)-one (1c). The title compound was isolated in 19% yield (327 mg) as an off-white solid. Rf=0.4 (20% EtOAc/CH2Cl2). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.24 (d, J=2.48 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (d, J=2.20 Hz, 1H), 4.75 (t, J=8.26 Hz, 2H), 4.24 (t, J=8.26 Hz, 2H).
  • 7-bromo-2H-oxazolo[2,3-b]quinazolin-5(3H)-one (1d). The title compound was isolated in 29% yield (385 mg) as an off-white solid. Rf=0.2 (20% EtOAc/CH2Cl2). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.08 (d, J=2.75 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (dd, J=2.48, 8.53 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, J=8.53 Hz, 1H), 4.70 (t, J=7.98, Hz, 2H), 4.23 (t, J=8.26 Hz, 2H).
  • Example 18 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 2)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00030
  • To a suspension of ethyl 1-benzyl-4-oxo-3-piperidinecarboxylate hydrochloride (3.32 g, 11.1 mmol) in H2O (30 mL) was added potassium carbonate (2.76 g, 20.0 mmol), and the mixture was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×40 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated to give the free base (100%) as an oil which was used without further purification. This keto-ester was dissolved in anhydrous DMF (20 mL), fitted with a septum, nitrogen inlet and cooled to 0° C. NaH (60% in mineral oil, 668 mg, 16.7 mmol) was added in one portion, and the solution was stirred at 0° C. for 10 min. N-phenyl-bis(trifluoromethanesulfonimide) (4.36 g, 12.2 mmol) was added in one portion, and the solution was stirred at 0° C. for 1.5 h. Water (50 mL) was then added and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with H2O (20 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 0-15% EtOAc/hexanes to give Compound 2 (3.60 g, 83%) as a yellow oil: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.34-7.25 (comp, 5H), 4.27 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.67 (s, 2H), 3.42 (t, J=2.7 Hz, 2H), 2.71 (t, J=5.4 Hz, 2H), 2.53-2.49 (m, 2H), 1.31 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 19 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3d)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00031
  • A 250 mL round bottom flask was charged with triflate 2 (2.71 g, 6.9 mmol), 4-fluorophenyl boronic acid (2.11 g, 15.1 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (147 mg, 0.21 mmol), LiCl (875 mg, 20.6 mmol), and K2CO3 (5.71 g, 41.3 mmol). The flask was evacuated and back-flushed with argon three times, anhydrous dioxane (100 mL) was added, and the flask was heated to 95° C. overnight. The flask was cooled to room temperature and CHCl3 (500 mL) was added. The mixture was then washed with water (2×150 mL), brine (150 mL), dried (MgSO4), and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 0-30% EtOAc/hexanes to give 3d (1.98 g, 85%): Rf=0.34 (20% EtOAc/hexanes); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.20-7.48 (m, 5H), 7.10 (dd, J=5.5, 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.99 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 3.91 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.70 (s, 2H), 3.31-3.49 (m, 2H), 2.61-2.72 (m, 2H), 2.42-2.56 (m, 2H), 0.91 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 20 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(3-fluorophenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (3e)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00032
  • A 100 mL round bottom flask was charged with triflate 2 (800 mg, 2.0 mmol), 3-fluorophenyl boronic acid (312 mg, 2.2 mmol), LiCl (258 mg, 6.1 mmol), Na2CO3 (645 mg, 6.1 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 (71.0 mg, 0.061 mmol). The flask was evacuated and back-flushed with argon three times; toluene (10 mL), EtOH (10 mL) and water (3 mL) were then added. The resultant mixture was heated to 85° C. for 20 h. The flask was cooled to room temperature, and EtOAc (40 mL) and water (15 mL) were added. The organic layer was separated and, the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (15 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 15-25% EtOAc/hexanes to give 3e (490 mg, 71%) as a light yellow oil: Rf=0.55 (25% EtOAc/hexanes); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.40-7.22 (comp, 6H), 6.83-6.95 (comp, 3H), 3.90 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 3.37 (t, J=2.7 Hz, 2H), 2.66 (t, J=5.4 Hz, 2H), 2.49 (m, 2H) 0.89 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 21 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-phenyl-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3a)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00033
  • Compound 3a was prepared from 2 and phenylboronic acid in 67% yield using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.39-7.22 (comp, 8H), 7.18-7.13 (m, 2H), 3.86 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.70 (s, 2H), 3.39 (t, J=2.7 Hz, 2H), 2.65 (t, J=5.4 Hz, 2H), 2.56-2.50 (m, 2H), 0.84 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 22 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(p-tolyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (3b)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00034
  • Compound 3b was prepared from 2 and 4-methylphenylboronic acid in 81% yield using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.40-7.25 (comp, 5H), 7.11 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.03 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 3.90 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.68 (s, 2H), 3.38 (t, J=3.0 Hz, 2H), 2.64 (t, J=2.4 Hz, 2H), 2.55-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 0.89 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 23 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-5-yl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3c)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00035
  • Compound 3c was prepared from 2 and (2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-5-yl) boronic acid in 81% yield using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.39-7.22 (comp, 5H), 6.78 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.63 (dd, J=1.8, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.24 (s, 4H), 3.94 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.67 (s, 2H), 3.36 (t, J=2.4 Hz, 2H), 2.62 (t, J=2.1 Hz, 2H), 2.50-2.45 (m, 2H), 0.96 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 24 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3f)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00036
  • Compound 3f was prepared from 2 and 4-trifluoromethylphenyl boronic acid in 82% yield using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.57 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.39-7.27 (comp, 5H), 7.23 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.70 (s, 2H), 3.40 (t, J=2.7 Hz, 2H), 2.66 (t, J=5.4 Hz, 2H), 2.52-2.47 (m, 2H), 0.84 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 25 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3g)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00037
  • Compound 3g was prepared from 2 and 3-trifluoromethylphenyl boronic acid in 74% yield using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.55-7.24 (comp, 9H), 3.86 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 3.39 (t, J=2.7 Hz, 2H), 2.66 (t, J=5.4 Hz, 2H), 2.54-2.48 (m, 2H), 0.82 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 26 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3h)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00038
  • Compound 3h was prepared from 2 and 4-N,N-dimethylaminolphenyl boronic acid in 67% yield using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.39-7.28 (comp, 5H), 7.05 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 6.64 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 3.96 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.67 (s, 2H), 3.38 (t, J=2.4 Hz, 2H), 2.94 (s, 6H), 2.63 (t, J=5.1 Hz, 2H), 2.55-2.48 (m, 2H), 0.95 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 27 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(4-carbamoylphenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3i)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00039
  • Compound 3i was prepared from 2 and 4-aminocarbonylphenyl boronic acid as a light yellow solid (134 mg, 82%) using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above. mp=184.0-186.0° C.; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.76 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.39-7.30 (comp, 5H), 7.23 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 3.89 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 3.39 (t, J=2.7 Hz, 2H), 2.66 (t, J=5.4 Hz, 2H), 2.52-2.49 (m, 2H), 0.88 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 28 Synthesis of Ethyl 4-([1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)-1-benzyl-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3j)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00040
  • Compound 3j was prepared from 2 and 4-N,N-dimethylaminolphenyl boronic acid in 80% yield using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.61-7.19 (comp, 14H), 3.91 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.70 (s, 2H), 3.41 (t, J=2.7 Hz, 2H), 2.68 (t, J=5.1 Hz, 2H), 2.60-2.52 (m, 2H), 0.87 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 29 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3k)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00041
  • Compound 3k was prepared from 2 and N-Boc-2-pyrroleboronic acid as a yellow oil (300 mg, 67%) using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above: Rf=0.43 (15% EtOAc/hexanes); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.38-7.27 (comp, 5H), 7.26-7.22 (m, 1H), 6.12 (t, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 5.92 (dd, J=2.1, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.65 (br. s, 2H), 3.48 (br. s, 1H), 3.25 (br. s, 1H), 2.61 (br. s, 2H), 2.47 (br. s, 2H), 1.53 (s, 9H), 0.96 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 30 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(4-(ethoxycarbonyl)phenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3l)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00042
  • Compound 3l was prepared from 2 and 4-ethoxycarbonyllphenylboronic acid in 50% yield using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.98 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.39-7.25 (comp, 5H), 7.21 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.36 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 3.39 (t, J=2.7 Hz, 2H), 2.66 (t, J=5.4 Hz, 2H), 2.53-2.45 (m, 2H), 1.38 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.86 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 31 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(thiophen-2-yl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (3m)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00043
  • Compound 3m was prepared from 2 and 2-thienylboronic acid as a yellow oil (123 mg, 88%) using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above: Rf=0.33 (25% EtOAc/hexanes); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.38-7.27 (comp, 5H), 7.26-7.24 (M, 1H), 6.97-6.93 (comp, 2H), 4.03 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.66 (s, 2H), 3.36 (t, J=2.7 Hz, 2H), 2.67 (t, J=5.4 Hz, 2H), 2.60-2.54 (m, 2H), 1.05 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 32 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3n)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00044
  • Compound 3n was prepared from 2 and 5-methyl-2-thienylboronic acid as a yellow oil (1.07 g, 86%) using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.38-7.25 (comp, 5H), 6.73 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (m, 1H), 4.07 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.65 (s, 2H), 3.34 (t, J=2.7 Hz, 2H), 2.64 (t, J=5.1 Hz, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 1.10 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 33 Synthesis of Ethyl 4-(4-acetylphenyl)-1-benzyl-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3p)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00045
  • Compound 3p was prepared from 2 and 4-acetylphenylboronic acid in 77% yield using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.91 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 7.40-7.25 (comp, 5H), 7.24 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.89 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 3.39 (t, J=2.4 Hz, 2H), 2.66 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 2.53-2.47 (m, 2H), 0.88 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 34 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(3-methoxyphenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3q)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00046
  • Compound 3q was prepared from 2 and 3-methoxyphenylboronic acid as a yellow oil (1.10 g, 95%) using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above. Rf=0.18 (15% EtOAc/hexanes); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.39-7.27 (m, 5H), 7.21 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.79 (m, 1H), 6.74-6.68 (m, 2H), 3.90 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.69 (2, 2 H), 3.38 (t, J=2.7 Hz, 2H), 2.54-2.50 (m, 2H), 0.87 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 35 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3r)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00047
  • Compound 3r was prepared from 2 and 4-methoxyphenylboronic acid as a yellow oil (497 mg, 92%) using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above. Rf=0.18 (15% EtOAc/hexanes); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.38-7.25 (m, 5H), 7.09 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.84 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 3.94 (q, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 2H), 3.36 (t, J=2.4 Hz, 2H), 2.64 (t, J=5.4 Hz, 2H), 2.53-2.49 (m, 2H), 0.92 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 36 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(4-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)phenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3s)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00048
  • Compound 3s was prepared from 2 and 3-(N-Boc-amino)phenylboronic acid as a light yellow solid (720 mg, 94%) using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above. mp=150.0-151.1° C.; Rf=0.10 (15% EtOAc/hexanes); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.38-7.26 (m, 7H), 7.08 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.45 (br. s, 1H), 3.90 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.67 (s, 2H), 3.37 (t, J=2.4 Hz, 2H), 2.63 (t, J=5.4 Hz, 2H), 2.51-2.47 (m, 2H), 1.47 (s, 9H), 0.92 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 37 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(4-ethylphenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3t)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00049
  • Compound 3t was prepared from 2 and 4-ethylphenylboronic acid as a light yellow oil (445 mg, 94%) using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above. Rf=0.20 (15% EtOAc/hexanes); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.39-7.26 (m, 5H), 7.13 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.05 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 3.88 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 3.38 (t, J=2.4 Hz, 2H), 2.67-2.60 (m, 4H), 2.54-2.49 (m, 2H), 1.23 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 0.85 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 38 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(4-isopropylphenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3u)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00050
  • Compound 3u was prepared from 2 and 4-isopropylphenylboronic acid as a light yellow oil (344 mg, 94%) using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above; Rf=0.25 (15% EtOAc/hexanes); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.40-7.26 (m, 5H), 7.15 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.06 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.84 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 3.38 (t, J=2.4 Hz, 2H), 2.87 (hep, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.65 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 2.53-2.49 (m, 2H), 1.23 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 6H), 0.80 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 39 Synthesis of (E)-Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-styryl-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3v)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00051
  • Compound 3v was prepared from 2 and trans-styrylboronic acid as a yellow oil (248 mg, 70%) using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above. Rf=0.20 (15% EtOAc/hexanes); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.09 (d, J=16.2 Hz, 1H), 7.48-7.44, 2 H), 7.39-7.23 (m, 8H), 6.77 (d, J=16.2 Hz, 2H), 4.23 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.65 (s, 2H), 3.40 (s, 2H), 2.62 (s, 2H), 1.32 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 40 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3x)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00052
  • Compound 3x was prepared from 2 and 2-fluorophenylboronic acid as a yellow oil (570 mg, 91%) using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above. Rf=0.21 (15% EtOAc/hexanes); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.39-7.21 (m, 6H), 7.10-6.95 (3H), 3.90 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.70 (s, 2H), 3.42 (t, J=3.0 Hz, 2H), 2.65 (t, J=5.4 Hz, 2H), 2.52-2.48 (m, 2H), 0.87 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 41 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(m-tolyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3y)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00053
  • Compound 3y was prepared using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above in 61% yield from 2 and m-tolyl boronic acid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.43-7.26 (m, 5H), 7.20 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.99-6.91 (m, 2H), 3.90 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 3.39 (t, J=2.5 Hz, 2H), 2.65 (t, J=5.5, Hz, 2H), 2.52 (dq, J=5.5, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 0.86 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 42 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(o-tolyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3z)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00054
  • Compound 3z was prepared using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above, in 91% yield from 2 and o-tolyl boronic acid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.44-7.26 (comp., 5H), 7.19-7.07 (m, 3H), 7.00-6.88 (m, 1H), 3.84 (qd, J=1.2, 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.78-3.63 (m, 2H), 3.50 (d, J=16.5 Hz, 1H), 3.31 (d, J=16.8 Hz, 1H), 2.79-2.64 (m, 1H), 2.64-2.48 (m, 1H), 2.40 (tt, J=2.86, 5.4 Hz, 2H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 0.80 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 43 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(3-(dimethylamino)phenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3aa)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00055
  • Compound 3aa was prepared using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above, in 99% yield from 2 and 3-(N,N-Dimethylamino)phenyl boronic acid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.40-7.14 (comp., 6H), 6.67-6.62 (m, 1H), 6.54-6.49 (m, 2H), 3.89 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.68 (s, 2H), 3.38 (t, J=2.6 Hz, 2H), 2.91 (s, 6H), 2.68-2.61 (m, 2H), 2.54 (td, J=2.6, 5.2 Hz, 2H), 0.87 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 44 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(2-(dimethylamino)phenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3bb)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00056
  • Compound 3bb was prepared using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above, in 52% yield from 2 and 2-(N,N-Dimethylamino)phenylboronic acid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.41-7.25 (comp., 5H), 7.16 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.64 (dd, J=7.4, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.55-6.48 (m, 2H), 3.89 (qd, J=7.2, 1.1 Hz, 2H), 3.68 (s, 2H), 3.37 (br. s., 2H), 2.91 (s, 5H), 2.65 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 2.53 (br. s., 2H), 0.86 (td, J=7.2, 1.1 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 45 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3dd)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00057
  • Compound 3dd was prepared using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above in 93% yield from 2 and 3,4-Dimethoxyphenylboronic acid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.42-7.26 (comp., 5H), 6.87-6.78 (m, 1H), 6.75-6.66 (m, 2H), 3.92 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.84 (s, 4H), 3.68 (s, 2H), 3.40-3.33 (m, 2H), 2.69-2.59 (m, 2H), 2.52 (dt, J=2.8, 5.4 Hz, 2H), 0.92 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 46 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(3,4-bis(benzyloxy)phenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3ff)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00058
  • Compound 3ff was prepared using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above in 87% yield from 2 and 2-[3,4-bis(benzyloxy)phenyl]-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.47-7.27 (comp., 15H), 6.87 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (dd, J=1.9, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 5.13 (d, J=12.1 Hz, 4H), 3.81 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.67 (s, 2H), 3.38-3.29 (m, 2H), 2.67-2.57 (m, 2H), 2.45 (dt, J=2.6, 5.6 Hz, 2H), 0.82 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 47 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3gg)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00059
  • Compound 3gg was prepared using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above in 99% yield from 2 and 1,4-Benzodioxane-6-boronic acid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.41-7.26 (comp., 5H), 6.79 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.66-6.59 (m, 1H), 4.24 (s, 4H), 3.95 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.67 (s, 2H), 3.36 (t, J=2.6 Hz, 2H), 2.68-6.58 (m, 2H), 2.53-2.41 (m, 2H), 0.96 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 48 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3hh)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00060
  • Compound 3hh was prepared using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above in 80% yield from 2 and (2-Trifluoromethyl)phenyl boronic acid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.63 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=7.71 Hz, 1H), 7.42-7.27 (m, 6H), 7.17 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 3.87-3.73 (m, 3H), 3.68-3.50 (m, 2H), 3.27 (dd, J=2.8, 16.5 Hz, 1H), 2.54-2.38 (m, 3H), 0.78 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 49 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3ii)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00061
  • Compound 3ii was prepared using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above in 86% yield from 2 and 4-Trifluoromethoxyphenylboronic acid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.42-7.26 (comp., 5H), 7.16 (s, 4H), 3.88 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 3.38 (t, J=2.5 Hz, 2H), 2.65 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 2.53-2.46 (m, 2H), 0.84 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 50 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3jj)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00062
  • Compound 3jj was prepared using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above in 99% yield from 2 and 3-Trifluoromethoxyphenyl boronic acid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.40-7.26 (comp., 6H), 7.16-7.05 (comp., 2H), 7.02 (br. s., 1H), 3.87 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 3.39 (t, J=2.5 Hz, 2H), 2.65 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 2.50 (dq, J=5.5, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 0.84 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 51 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-[4,4′-bipyridine]-3-carboxylate (Compound 3kk)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00063
  • Compound 3kk was prepared in 99% yield using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above from 2 and 4-Pyridinylboronic acid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.57-8.51 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.27 (m, 5H), 7.09-7.03 (m, 2H), 3.90 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 3.39 (t, J=2.7 Hz, 2H), 2.66 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 2.47 (septet J=2.7 Hz, 2H), 0.88 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 52 Synthesis of Ethyl 1′-benzyl-1′,2′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-[3,4′-bipyridine]-3′-carboxylate (Compound 3ll)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00064
  • Compound 3ll was prepared in 88% yield using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above from 2 and 3-Pyridinylboronic acid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.51 (dd, J=1.6, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 8.39 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (dt, J=1.9, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.41-7.21 (m, 6H), 3.90 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.70 (s, 2H), 3.41 (t, J=2.7 Hz, 2H), 2.66 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 2.56-2.44 (m, 2H), 0.88 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 53 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3nn)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00065
  • Compound 3nn was prepared using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above in 99% yield from 2 and 3,4-dichlorophenylboronic acid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.26-7.41 (m, 6H), 7.24 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (dd, J=8.3, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.68 (s, 2H), 3.37 (t, J=2.8 Hz, 2H), 2.60-2.66 (m, 2H), 2.42-2.49 (m, 2H), 0.95 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 54 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(3-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)phenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate
  • (Compound 3qq)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00066
  • Compound 3qq was prepared using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above in 96% yield from 2 and3-(N-Boc-amino)phenylboronic acid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.42-7.26 (m, 5H), 7.23-7.16 (m, 3H), 6.81 (dt, J=2.55, 5.37 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (s, 1H), 4.11 (q, J=7.06 Hz, 0.5H), 3.90 (q, J=7.15 Hz, 2H), 3.67 (s, 2H), 3.38-3.32 (m, 2H), 2.67-2.57 (m, 2H), 2.50 (dq, J=2.83, 5.54 Hz, 2H), 1.50 (s, 9H), 1.25 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 1H), 0.89 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 3H). (Exists as rotomers; seen especially in the ester).
  • Example 55 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3ss)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00067
  • Compound 3ss was prepared using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above in 89% yield from 2 and 3,4-difluorophenylboronic acid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.43-7.25 (m, 5H), 7.09 (dt, J=8.36, 10.25 Hz, 1H), 7.02-6.90 (m, 1H), 6.89-6.80 (m, 1H), 3.93 (q, J=7.15 Hz, 2H), 3.68 (s, 2H), 3.36 (t, J=2.75 Hz, 2H), 2.64 (t, J=5.64 Hz, 2H), 2.46 (tt, J=2.75, 5.64 Hz, 2H), 0.95 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 56 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-benzyl-4-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 3tt)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00068
  • Compound 3tt was prepared using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above in 89% yield from 2 and 4-nitrophenylboronic acid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.43-7.26 (m, 5H), 7.23 (d, J=7.43 Hz, 1H), 7.14-6.96 (m, 3H), 3.90 (q, J=7.15 Hz, 2H), 3.70 (s, 2H), 3.42 (t, J=2.75 Hz, 2H), 2.71-2.59 (m, 2H), 2.55-2.43 (m, 2H), 0.88 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 57 Synthesis of 1-benzyl-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine (Compound 14)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00069
  • Compound 14 was prepared from 13 and 4-fluorophenyl boronic acid as a yellow oil (1.00 g, 76%) using the method of Example 19 or Example 20, described above: Rf=0.48 (20% EtOAc/Hexanes); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.19-7.52 (m, 7H), 6.99 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.95-6.08 (m, 1H), 3.64 (s, 2H), 3.16 (q, J=2.8 Hz, 2H), 2.71 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 2.44-2.61 (m, 2H).
  • Example 58 General Procedure Used in Reduction and Debenzylation of Compounds
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00070
  • To a 50 mL round bottom flask was added 10% Pd/C (225 mg, 0.10 mmol, 50% wet) followed by the addition of a solution of 3 (350 mg, 1 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL). The flask was evacuated and back-flushed with H2 three times, and the reaction mixture was stirred under a static atmosphere of H2 at room temperature (unless otherwise noted) for 24-72 hrs. The suspension was filtered through a pad of celite, washing with EtOH. The combined filtrate and washings were concentrated and purified by flash chromatography eluting with 0-10% MeOH/EtOAc (1% Et3N) to give pure 4.
  • Example 59 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 4-phenylpiperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4a)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00071
  • Compound 4a was prepared from 3a in 73% yield using the method of Example 58 above. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.31-7.17 (comb, 5H), 3.86 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.37-3.27 (comp, 2H), 3.16-2.95 (comp, 2H), 2.78-2.68 (comp, 2H), 2.36 (dq, J=4.5, 12.6 Hz, 1H), 1.67 (dd, J=3.0, 12.9 Hz, 1H), 0.92 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 60 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 4-(p-tolyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4b)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00072
  • Compound 4b was prepared from 3b in 68% yield using the method of Example 58 above. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.11-7.03 (comp, 4H), 3.87 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.35-3.27 (comp, 2H), 3.02-2.91 (comp, 2H), 2.76-2.68 (comp, 2H), 2.40-2.19 (comp, 4H), 1.67-1.58 (m, 1H), 0.94 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 61 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 4-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-5-yl)piperidine-3-carboxylate
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00073
  • Compound 4c was prepared from 3c in 25% yield using the method of Example 58 above. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 6.77 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (dd, J=2.1, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.22 (s, 4H), 4.00-3.85 (m, 2H), 3.33-3.26 (comp, 2H), 2.96-2.87 (comp, 2H), 2.74-2.65 (comp, 2H), 2.25 (dq, J=4.2, 12.6 Hz, 1H), 1.61 (dd, J=3.0, 13.2 Hz, 1H), 1.00 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 62 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 4-(4-fluorophenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4d)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00074
  • Compound 4d was prepared from 3d as a yellow oil (751 mg, 58%) using the method of Example 58 above. Rf=0.21 (10% MeOH/CH2Cl2); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.14 (dd, J=5.5, 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.96 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.24-3.40 (m, 2H), 2.88-3.05 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.79 (m, 2H), 2.30 (qd, J=4.4, 12.9 Hz, 1H), 1.64 (dq, J=2.8, 12.9 Hz, 1H), 0.94 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 63 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 4-(3-fluorophenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4e)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00075
  • Compound 4e was prepared from 3e as a yellow oil (247 mg, 67%) using the method of Example 58 above. Rf=0.05 (10% MeOH/CH2Cl2); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.28-7.21 (m, 1H), 6.97 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.93-6.86 (m, 2H), 3.89 (dq, J=1.8, 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.38-3.28 (comp, 2H), 3.61-2.93 (comp, 2H), 2.77-2.68 (comp, 2H), 2.30 (dq, J=4.5, 12.9 Hz, 1H), 1.67 (dq, J=2.7, 13.2 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 64 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4f)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00076
  • Compound 4f was prepared from 3f in 92% yield using the method of Example 58 above. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.54 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.32 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.40-3.30 (comp, 2H), 3.22-3.04 (m, 1H), 2.98 (dd, J=3.9, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.79-2.70 (comp, 2H), 2.36 (dq, J=4.2, 12.6 Hz, 1H), 1.84-1.75 (m, 1H), 0.92 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 65 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 4-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4g)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00077
  • Compound 4g was prepared from 3g in 74% yield using the method of Example 58 above. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.49-7.38 (comp, 4H), 3.86 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.40-3.30 (comp, 2H), 3.08 (dt, J=3.6, 12.9 Hz, 1H), 2.98 (dd, J=3.6, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.80-2.69 (comp, 2H), 2.34 (dq, J=3.9, 12.9 Hz, 1H), 1.68 (dd, J=3.0, 13.2 Hz, 1H), 0.91 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 66 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 4-(4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4h)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00078
  • Compound 4h was prepared from 3h in 50% yield using the method of Example 58 above. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.05 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.68 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 3.90 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.33-3.29 (comp, 2H), 2.96-2.82 (comp, 8H), 2.72-2.67 (comp, 2H), 2.30 (dq, J=4.2, 13.2 Hz, 1H), 1.64 (dd, J=2.7, 13.2 Hz, 1H), 0.98 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 67 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 4-(4-carbamoylphenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4i)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00079
  • Compound 4i was prepared from 3i as a white solid (193 mg, 68%) using the method of Example 58 above except stirring at 45° C.: Rf=0.10 (10% MeOH/CH2Cl2); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.73 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.23 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 6.05 (br. s, 1H), 5.53 (br. s, 1H), 3.91-3.75 (m, 2H), 3.36-3.26 (comp, 2H), 3.07 (dt, J=4.2, 12.6 Hz, 1H), 2.95 (dd, J=3.9, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.81-2.67 (comp, 2H), 2.32 (dq, J=4.2, 12.9 Hz, 1H), 1.70 (dd, J=2.7, 13.2 Hz, 1H), 0.89 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 68 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 4-([1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4j)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00080
  • Compound 4j was prepared from 3j in 70% yield using the method of Example 58 above. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.59-7.50 (comp, 4H), 7.54-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.24 (comp, 3H), 3.89 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.39-3.31 (comp, 2H), 3.11-2.96 (comp, 2H), 2.82-2.71 (comp, 2H), 2.38 (dq, J=3.9, 12.9 Hz, 1H), 2.25 (br. s, 1H), 1.74-1.67 (m, 1H), 0.92 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 69 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 4-(1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4k)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00081
  • Compound 4k was prepared from 3k as a colorless oil (166 mg, 38%) using the method of Example 58 above. Rf=0.25 (10% MeOH/CH2Cl2); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.19 (dd, J=1.8, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 6.04 (t, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 5.95-5.92 (m, 1H), 3.88-3.79 (m, 2H), 3.72 (dt, J=1.8, 12.9 Hz, 1H), 3.30-3.22 (m, 2H), 3.06-3.02 (m, 1H), 2.91 (dd, J=3.6, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.76-2.68 (m, 1H), 2.09 (dq, J=3.9, 12.6 Hz, 1H), 1.72-1.64 (m, 1H), 1.58 (s, 9H), 0.98 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 70 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 4-(4-(ethoxycarbonyl)phenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4l)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00082
  • Compound 4l was prepared from 3l in 51% yield using the method of Example 58 above. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.96 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.26 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 3.35 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.95-3.79 (m, 2H), 3.39-3.29 (comp, 2H), 3.11-2.95 (comp, 2H), 2.81-2.69 (comp, 2H), 2.36 (dq, J=3.9, 12.6 Hz, 1H), 1.68 (dd, J=2.7, 13.2 Hz, 1H), 1.37 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.94 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 71 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 4-(thiophen-2-yl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4m)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00083
  • The olefin was reduced according to the method of Example 58 above and was prepared from 3m as a yellow oil (342 mg, 45%). Rf=0.22 (25% EtOAc/hexanes); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.32-7.24 (comp, 5H), 7.13 (dd, J=1.5, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.93-6.87 (comp, 2H), 4.05-3.95 (m, 2H), 3.55 (dd, J=13.5, 55.8 Hz, 2H), 3.36 (br. s, 1H), 3.02-2.97 (m, 2H), 2.84 (br. s, 1H), 2.58-2.35 (comp, 3H), 2.04-1.97 (m, 1H), 1.07 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Debenzylation was performed according to the following procedure: A round bottom flask was charged with 4a (342 mg, 1.04 mmol), then α-chloroethyl chloroformate (ACE-Cl, 1.05 mL, 14.1 mmol) was added under nitrogen by syringe in one portion, and the reaction mixture stirred for 2.5 h at 100° C. Volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue was treated with anhydrous EtOH (20 mL). The flask was then heated to reflux for 20 min and concentrated in vacuo. The solid residue was purified by flash chromatography using 0-10% MeOH/CH2Cl2 (1% Et3N) to give 4m (219 mg, 87%) as a yellow oil: Rf=0.18 (10% MeOH/CH2Cl2, 1% Et3N); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.14 (dd, J=1.2, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (dd, J=3.6, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 3.96 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.39-3.21 (comp, 3H), 2.97 (dd, J=3.9, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.85 (dd, J=3.6, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 2.74 (ddd, J=3.3, 11.4, 16.8 Hz, 1H), 2.35-2.21 (m, 1H), 1.88-1.81 (m, 1H), 1.04 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 72 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 4-(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4n)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00084
  • The olefin was reduced according to the method of Example 52 above and prepared as a colorless oil (501 mg, 47%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.33-7.22 (comp, 5H), 6.63 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.54-6.52 (m, 1H), 4.07-3.95 (m, 2H), 3.53 (dd, J=13.5, 56.4 Hz, 2H), 3.29 (br. s, 1H), 2.97-2.92 (m, 2H), 2.81 (br. s, 1H), 2.54 (br. s, 1H), 2.43-2.34 (comp, 5H), 1.99-1.93 (m, 1H), 1.10 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Compound 4n was prepared as a yellow oil (400 mg, 100%) using the procedure described in Example 71 above. Rf=0.22 (10% MeOH/CH2Cl2); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 6.60 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.55 (dd, J=1.2, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 4.11-4.05 (m, 2H), 3.69 (dd, J=5.1, 10.5 Hz, 1H), 3.41 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.38-3.16 (comp, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.32-2.19 (m, 2H), 1.11 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 73 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 4-(4-(1-hydroxyethyl)phenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4p)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00085
  • Compound 4p was prepared from 3p in 41% yield using the method of Example 58 above. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.29 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.19 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 4.87 (q, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.36-3.28 (comp, 2H), 3.16-2.93 (comp, 2H), 2.77-2.67 (comp, 2H), 2.34 (dq, J=4.2, 12.9 Hz, 1H), 1.70-1.63 (m, 1H), 1.46 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 3H), 0.93 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 74 Synthesis of (±) syn-Ethyl 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4q)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00086
  • Compound 4q was prepared from 3q as a light yellow oil (839 mg, 100%) using the method of Example 58 above. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.23-7.18 (m, 1H), 6.79-6.72 (m, 3H), 3.89 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.48 (br. s, 1H), 3.39-3.33 (m, 2H), 3.07-2.98 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.75 (m, 2H), 2.33 (dq, J=12.9, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 1.71 (dd, J=13.2, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 0.94 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 75 Synthesis of (±) syn-Ethyl 4-(4-methoxyphenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4r)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00087
  • Compound 4r was prepared from 3r as a yellow waxy solid (361 mg, 96%) using the method of Example 58 above. Rf=0.07 (10% MeOH/CH2Cl2); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.10 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.82 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.35-3.27 (m, 2H), 3.01-2.92 (m, 2H), 2.77-2.66 (m, 2H), 2.30 (dq, J=12.9, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 1.63 (dd, J=13.2, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 0.94 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 76 Synthesis of (±) syn-Ethyl 4-(3-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)phenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4s)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00088
  • Compound 4s was prepared from 3s as an off-white solid (307 mg, 60%) using the method of Example 58 above. mp=154.5-156.5° C.; Rf=0.05 (10% MeOH/CH2Cl2); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.28-7.16 (m, 3H), 6.86 (m, 1H), 6.45 (br. s, 1H), 3.90 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.35-3.27 (m, 2H), 3.02-2.92 (m, 2H), 2.79-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.32 (dq, J=12.6, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 1.92 (br. s, 1H), 1.63 (d, J=12.6 Hz, 1H), 1.51 (s, 9 H), 0.97 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 77 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-(ethyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4t)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00089
  • Compound 4t was prepared according to the method of Example 58 above from 3t in 95% yield using 10% Pd/C at 1 atm of H2 for 18 hours. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.19-7.00 (comp., 4H), 3.87 (qt, J=1.10, 6.88 Hz, 2H), 3.41-3.26 (m, 2H), 3.07-2.92 (m, 2H), 2.82-2.69 (m, 2H), 2.61 (q, J=7.71 Hz, 2H), 2.52-2.41 (m, 1H), 2.40-2.23 (m, 1H), 1.72-1.62 (m, 1H), 1.20 (t, J=7.57 Hz, 3H), 0.92 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 78 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-(isopropyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4u)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00090
  • Compound 4u was prepared according to the method of Example 58 above from 3u in 95% yield using 10% Pd/C at 1 atm of H2 for 18 hours. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.15 (d, J=8.26 Hz, 2H), 7.10 (d, J=8.53 Hz, 2H), 3.98-3.75 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.21 (m, 2H), 3.06-2.67 (m, 5H), 2.32 (qd, J=4.27, 12.80 Hz, 1H), 1.70 (dq, J=2.20, 13.76 Hz, 1H), 1.22 (d, J=6.88 Hz, 6H), 0.88 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 79 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-phenethylpiperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4v)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00091
  • Compound 4v was prepared according to the method of Example 58 above and isolated as a yellow oil from 3v in 39% yield using 10% Pd/C at 1 atm of H2 and 45° C. for 18 hours. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.33-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.10 (m, 3H), 4.25-4.06 (m, 2H), 3.25 (dd, 4H), 3.14 (dt, J=3.61, 13.42 Hz, 1H), 2.84 (dd, J=3.71, 13.62 Hz, 1H), 2.73-2.57 (m, 6H), 1.91-1.70 (m, 1H), 1.70-1.50 (m, 4H), 1.27 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 80 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-(3-fluorophenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4x)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00092
  • Compound 4x was isolated as a yellow oil in 42% yield from 3x according to method of Example 58 above. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.24-7.13 (m, 2H), 7.10-6.95 (m, 2H), 3.85 (q, J=7.15 Hz, 2H), 3.42-3.27 (m, 3H), 2.99 (dd, J=3.71, 13.90 Hz, 1H), 2.88 (t, J=4.27 Hz, 1H), 2.78 (ddd, J=2.89, 12.18, 13.55 Hz, 1H), 2.34 (qd, J=4.27, 12.80 Hz, 1H), 1.59 (dq, J=3.11, 12.97 Hz, 1H), 0.90 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 81 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-(m-tolyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4y)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00093
  • Compound 4y was prepared according to the method of Example 58 from 3y in 95% yield using 10% Pd/C at 1 atm of H2 for 18 hours. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.16 (t, J=8.0, 1 H), 7.03-6.92 (m, 3H), 4.93 (br. s., 1H), 3.88 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.44-3.31 (m, 2H), 3.13-3.01m, 2H), 2.91-2.79 (m, 2H), 2.43-2.31 (m, 1H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 1.83-1.70 (m, 1H), 0.92 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 82 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-(o-tolyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4z)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00094
  • Compound 4z was prepared according to the method of Example 58 from 3z in 37% yield using Pt2O at 3 atm of H2 for 5 days. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.22-7.09 (m, 3H), 7.04-6.98 (m, 1H), 4.01-3.83 (m, 2H), 3.78-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.54-3.42 (m, 2H), 3.28 (td, J=12.3, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 3.14 (q, J=3.8 Hz, 1H), 2.58 (tq, J=3.9, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 2.02 (dd, J=14.4, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 0.89 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 83 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-(3-(dimethylamino)phenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4aa)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00095
  • Compound 4aa was prepared according to the method of Example 58 above from 3aa in 33% yield using Pt2O at 1 atm of H2 for 4 days. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.15 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.66-6.58 (m, 1H), 6.52-6.44 (m, 2H), 3.99 (m, 2H), 3.62 (dt, J=4.4, 3.6 Hz, 2H), 3.44 (dd, J=13.5, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 3.35 (s, 6H), 2.40-2.57 (m, 1H), 2.08-2.21 (m, 1H), 0.98 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 84 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-(2-(dimethylamino)phenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4bb)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00096
  • Compound 4bb was prepared according to the method of Example 58 above from 3bb in 78% yield using 10% Pd/C at 3 atm of H2 for 2 days. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.25-7.11 (m, 2H), 7.11-6.90 (m, 2H), 3.96-3.75 (m, 2H), 3.75-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.58 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 3.44-3.21 (m, 2H), 3.13 (td, J=12.7, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 2.61 (s, 6H), 2.46 (dd, J=13.5, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 1.84 (dd, J=14.2, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 0.82 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 85 Synthesis of Ethyl 4-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4cc)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00097
  • A dry 50-mL round bottom flask was charged with SM (200 mg, 0.49 mmol) and dry THF (5 mL). The solution was cooled to −78° C. MeOH (1 mL) was then added to the chilled solution immediately followed by SmI2 (19.6 mL, 1.97 mmol, 0.1 M in THF). The reaction mixture turned blue and was stirred for 1.5 hours. The mixture was quenched by the addition of water (10 mL) and warmed to room temperature at which time the reaction mixture turned yellow. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with saturated NaHCO3 solution. The aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc. The combined extracts were then washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, concentrated and purified via silica gel chromatography (10-100% EtOAc/Hexanes). The reduced intermediate was obtained as a pale yellow oil (140 mg) in 70% yield. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 7.38 (dd, J=14.6, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.05-6.92 (m, 1H), 6.68-6.51 (m, 1H),4.42-4.25 (m, 1H), 3.96 (dq, J=18.1, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.70 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 3H), 2.93 (td, J=11.9, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.49 (br. s., 1H), 1.89-1.78 (m, 3H), 1.08-0.93 (m, 3H).
  • The product (a mixture of diasteromers) was dissolved in methanol (1 mL) and stirred overnight. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure to afford the pure title compound in quantitative yield. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 7.47-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.33 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (dd, J=8.5, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (dd, J=8.3, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.92 (qd, J=7.1, 1.8 Hz, 1H),3.83-3.56 (m, 3H), 3.51-3.12 (m, 4H),3.10-2.89 (m, 2H), 2.58-2.24 (m, 1H), 2.19-1.92 (m, 1H), 0.99 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 6H).
  • Example 86 Synthesis of (±)-syn-ethyl 4-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4dd)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00098
  • Compound 4dd was prepared according to the method of Example 58 above from 3dd in 30% yield using 10% Pd/C at 1 atm of H2 for 5 days. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 6.84-6.77 (m, 1H), 6.72-6.64 (m, 2H), 4.07-3.90 (m, 2H), 3.85 (s, 6H), 3.70-3.57 (m, 2H), 3.45 (dd, J=13.5, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 3.35-3.12 (m, 2H), 2.61-2.38 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.05 (m, 1H), 0.98 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 87 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4ff)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00099
  • Compound 4ff was prepared according to the method of Example 58 above from 3ff in 86% yield using 10% Pd/C at 1 atm of H2 for 20 hrs. 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOD) δ 6.67 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.63 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.51 (dd, J=7.8, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 3.98-3.81 (m, 2H), 3.24 (s, 1H), 3.07-2.89 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.28 (dd, J=13.1, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 1.67 (dd, J=13.5, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 0.96 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 88 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4gg)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00100
  • Compound 4gg was prepared according to the method of Example 58 above from 3gg using 10% Pd/C at 1 atm of H2 for 20 hrs. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 6.79 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.67-6.59 (m, 2H), 4.23 (s, 4H), 4.02 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.67-3.54 (m, 2H), 3.41 (dd, J=13.5, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 3.29-3.19 (m, 2H), 3.19-3.10 (m, 1H), 2.49-2.31-2.49 (m, 1H), 2.17-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.01 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 89 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-(2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4hh)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00101
  • Compound 4hh was prepared according to the method of Example 58 above from 3hh using 10% Pd/C at 1 atm of H2 for 24 hrs. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.66 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 4.13 (d, J=17.6 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 3.64-3.52 (m, 1H), 3.17 (ddd, J=12.5, 10.5, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 2.60 (d, J=18.4 Hz, 1H), 0.82 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 90 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-(4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4ii)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00102
  • Compound 4ii was prepared according to the method of Example 58 above from 3ii in 97% yield using 10% Pd/C at 1 atm of H2 for 24 hours. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.25-7.09 (m, 5H), 6.18 (br. s., 1H), 3.90 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.57-3.41 (m, 2H), 3.28-3.14 (m, 2H), 2.89-3.04 (m, 2H), 2.39 (m, 1H), 1.89 (dd, J=13.8, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 0.91 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 91 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-(3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4jj)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00103
  • Compound 4jj was prepared according to the method of Example 58 above from 3jj in 74% yield using 10% Pd/C at 1 atm of H2 for 24 hrs. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.31 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.17-7.01 (m, 3H), 3.87 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.33 (t, J=13.8 Hz, 2H), 3.05 (dt, J=12.8, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 2.97 (dd, J=13.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 2.81-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.30 (qd, J=12.7, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 1.69 (dd, J=13.5, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 0.93 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 92 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-(pyridin-4-yl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4kk)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00104
  • Compound 4kk was prepared according to the method of Example 58 above from 3kk in 81% yield using 10% Pd/C at 1 atm of H2 and 65° C. for 24 hours. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.58-8.53 (m, 2H), 7.12 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 2H), 3.95 (qd, J=7.2, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 3.71-3.53 (m, 3H), 3.42 (dd, J=13.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 3.37-3.27 (m, 1H), 2.48-2.35 (m, 1H), 2.11 (dd, J=14.4, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 0.94 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 93 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-(pyridin-3-yl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4ll)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00105
  • Compound 4ll was prepared according to the method of Example 58 above from 3ll in 69% yield using 10% Pd/C at 1 atm of H2 and 65° C. for 24 hours. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.51-8.40 (m, 2H), 7.53 (dt, J=8.0, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.18 (m, 1H), 3.90 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.45-3.30 (m, 2H), 3.13-2.97 (m, 2H), 2.85-2.72 (m, 2H), 2.38 (qd, J=12.7, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 1.71 (dd, J=13.2, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 0.96 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 94 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-(3-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)phenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4qq)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00106
  • Compound 4qq was prepared according to the method of Example 58 above from 3qq in 60% yield using 10% Pd/C at 1 atm of H2 and 50° C. for 24 hours. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.24-7.09 (m, 2H), 6.84 (d, J=7.15 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (q, J=7.15 Hz, 2H), 3.39-3.23 (m, 2H), 3.06-2.89 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.64 (m, 2H), 2.32 (qd, J=4.27, 12.70 Hz, 1H), 1.73-1.63 (m, 1H), 1.50 (s, 9H), 0.95 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 95 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-(3,4-difluorophenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4ss)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00107
  • Compound 4ss was prepared according to the method of Example 58 above from 3ss in 60% yield using 10% Pd/C at 1 atm of H2 and 50° C. for 24 hours. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.13-6.96 (m, 2H), 6.95-6.86 (m, 1H), 3.92 (q, J=7.15 Hz, 2H), 3.43-3.25 (m, 2H), 3.03-2.92 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.28 (qd, J=4.40, 12.66 Hz, 1H), 2.17 (br. s., 2H), 1.65 (dq, J=3.03, 12.66 Hz, 1H), 1.00 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 96 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-(4-nitrophenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 4tt)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00108
  • Compound 4tt was prepared according to the methods of Examples 58 and 71, above. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.21(dt, J=2.20, 8.81 Hz, 2H), 7.31 (dt, J=2.20, 8.81 Hz, 2H), 3.95 (q, J=7.15 Hz, 2H), 3.85 (t, J=2.61 Hz, 2H), 3.22 (t, J=5.92 Hz, 2H), 2.65-2.45 (m, 2H), 0.95 (t, J=7.02 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 97 Synthesis of 4-(4-fluorophenyl)piperidine (Compound 15)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00109
  • Compound 15 is referenced in Sakamuria Set al, Bioorg Med Chem Lett 11, 495-500 (2001); incorporated by reference herein. Compound 15 was prepared from 14 as a waxy white solid (167 mg, 56%) using the method of Example 58 above. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.16 (dd, J=5.2, 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.97 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 3.82 (br. s, 1H), 3.16-3.33 (m, 2H), 2.76 (dt, J=2.2, 12.1 Hz, 2H), 2.61 (tt, J=3.9, 12.10 Hz, 1H), 1.77-1.91 (m, 2H), 1.70 (dt, J=3.9, 12.4 Hz, 2H).
  • Example 98 General Procedure for Synthesis of APQs
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00110
  • General Procedure: a 25 mL high-pressure tube was charged with compound 4 (100 mg, 0.4 mmol), 1 (80 mg, 0.42 mmol), and toluene or CH3CN (3 mL). The tube was sealed and heated to 110° C. for 2 days. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 0-100% CH2Cl2/EtOAc [Rf≈0.3 (50% CH2Cl2/EtOAc)] to give compounds of series 5 as an off-white solid.
  • The ligands 5 were then converted to their hydrochloride salts prior to biological testing. Compounds were dissolved in CHCl3 (1 ml) and 1 N HCl (2 eq) was then added and the solution was stirred for 5 minutes. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude solid was dissolved in water. After filtration and removal of the solvent by lyophilization, pure salts could be obtained in good yields.
  • Example 99 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)-4-phenylpiperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5a)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00111
  • Compound 5a was prepared from 4a and 1a as a white solid (59%) using the method of Example 98 above. mp=169.0-170.0° C.; Rf=0.33 (75% EtOAc/CH2Cl2); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.93 (br. s, 1H), 8.11 (dd, J=1.2, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (dt, J=1.5, 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.12 (comp, 6H), 7.07 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.34-4.26 (m, 1H), 4.22-4.10 (m, 1H), 3.74 (dq, J=1.8, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.38 (dd, J=2.7, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.22 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 2.98 (d, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 2.85 (m, 1H), 2.71 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.60 (dd, J=3.3, 11.1 Hz, 1H), 2.28 (dt, J=2.7, 10.8 Hz, 1H), 1.82 (dd, J=3.3, 12.6 Hz, 1H), 0.92 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 172.2, 162.4, 151.6, 143.4, 138.6, 135.0, 128.5, 128.0, 127.7, 126.1, 123.4, 114.9, 114.7, 59.7, 56.9, 55.4, 53.8, 46.5, 42.1, 38.3, 26.8, 14.0; Anal. Calcd for C24H27N3O4: C, 68.39; H, 6.46; N, 9.97; Found: C, 68.23; H, 6.44; N, 9.90; MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 422.2.
  • Example 100 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)-4-(p-tolyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5b)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00112
  • Compound 5b was prepared from 4b and 1a as an off-white solid (78%) using the method of Example 98 above. mp=212.5-213.0° C.; Rf=0.37 (75% EtOAc/CH2Cl2); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.46 (br. s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (dt, J=1.5, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 7.15-7.05 (comp, 5H), 4.36-4.25 (m, 1H), 4.24-4.13 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.37 (dd, J=3.0, 11.1 Hz, 1H), 3.20 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 2.96 (d, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 2.87-2.77 (m, 1H), 2.71 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.66-2.50 (comp, 2H), 2.32-2.17 (comp, 4H), 1.84-1.77 (m, 1H), 0.94 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); Anal. Calcd for C27H31N3O6: C, 68.95; H, 6.71; N, 9.65; Found: C, 68.90; H, 6.79; N, 9.65; MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 436.2.
  • Example 101 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 4-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-5-yl)-1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydro-quinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5c)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00113
  • Compound 5c was prepared from 4c and 1a as a white solid (61%) using the method of Example 98 above. mp=197.0-198.0° C.; Rf=0.20 (70% EtOAc/CH2Cl2); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.53 (br. s, 1H), 8.10 (dd, J=1.5, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (dt, J=1.5, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.77-6.72 (comp, 3H), 4.30-4.10 (comp, 6H), 3.77 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.34 (dd, J=2.4, 10.5 Hz, 1H), 3.18 (d, J=11.1 Hz, 1H), 2.91 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 2.78-2.67 (comp, 3H), 2.58-2.46 (comp, 2H), 2.25 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 1.77 (dd, J=2.7, 12.9 Hz, 1H), 0.97 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); Anal. Calcd for C26H29N3O6: C, 65.12; H, 6.10; N, 8.76; Found: C, 64.83; H, 6.02; N, 8.54; MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 480.1.
  • 5-HT1A
    hVMAT2 hVMAT2 [3H] 8-OH 5-HT2A
    [3H]DTBZ 5HT Uptake DPAT [125I]DOI
    Ki (nM) ± IC50 (nM) ± Ki(nM) ± Ki (nM) ±
    SEM SEM SEM SEM
    >9 μM 156 ± 42 ND ND
  • Example 102 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl) ethyl)-4-(4-fluoro phenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5d)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00114
  • Compound 5d was prepared from 4d and 1a as an off-white solid (40%) using the method of Example 98 above (Note: the product can also be purified by recrystallization in EtOAc): mp=173.0-175.0° C.; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.29 (br. s., 1H), 8.11 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.15-7.25 (m, 3H), 7.10 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.24-4.40 (m, 1H), 4.09-4.24 (m, 1H), 3.75 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.38 (d, J=11.0 Hz, 1H), 3.22 (d, J=11.0 Hz, 1H), 2.88-3.01 (m, 1H), 2.77-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.66-2.77 (m, 2H), 2.57 (dd, J=2.5, 11.0 Hz, 2H), 2.26 (td, J=2.5, 11.0 Hz, 1H), 1.69-1.93 (m, 1H), 0.93 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 171.8, 162.6, 162.4, 159.4, 150.7, 140.2, 140.0, 135.4, 129.7, 129.6, 127.9, 122.9, 115.6, 115.0, 114.7, 114.3, 59.5, 57.2, 55.3, 53.9, 46.0, 40.9, 37.9, 26.5, 14.3; Anal. Calcd for C24H26N3O4F: C, 65.59; H, 5.96; N, 9.56; F, 4.32; Found: C, 65.51; H, 5.93; N, 9.49; F, 4.41; MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 440.2.
  • Example 103 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl) ethyl)-4-(4-fluoro phenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5e)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00115
  • Compound 5e was prepared from 4e and 1a as an off-white solid (40%) using the method of Example 98 above mp=170.6-171.4° C.; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.91 (s, 1H), 8.12 (dd, J=1.65, 7.98 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (td, J=1.65, 7.71 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.14 (m, 2H), 7.08 (d, J=7.98 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J=7.71 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (dt, J=2.17, 10.53 Hz, 1H), 6.89-6.79 (m, 1H), 4.38-4.23 (m, 1H), 4.22-4.09 (m, 1H), 3.75 (q, J=7.15 Hz, 2H), 3.39 (dd, J=2.34, 11.14 Hz, 1H), 3.23 (d, J=11.28 Hz, 1H), 3.00-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.83 (dt, J=4.16, 11.76 Hz, 3H), 2.71 (t, J=6.74 Hz, 2H), 2.63-2.49 (m, 2H), 2.39-2.19 (m, 1H), 1.81 (dd, J=3.58, 12.93 Hz, 1H), 0.93 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 171.9, 164.4, 162.4, 161.1, 151.8, 146.2, 146.1, 138.7, 135.0, 129.4, 129.3, 128.5, 123.4, 123.2, 123.2, 114.9, 114.8, 114.7, 114.5, 113.1, 112.8, 59.9, 56.9, 55.4, 53.7, 46.3, 41.8, 38.3, 26.7, 14.0.; Anal. (C24H26N3O4F) C, H, N, F. MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 440.2.
  • Example 104 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)-4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5f)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00116
  • Compound 5f was prepared from 4f and 1a as an off-white solid (40%) using the method of Example 98 above. mp=211.5-212.0° C.; Rf=0.40 (75% EtOAc/hexanes, 1% i-Pr—NH2); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.02 (br. s, 1H), 8.02 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.37 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.27-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.03 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.33-4.24 (m, 1H), 4.17-4.09 (m, 1H), 3.70 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.39 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 3.26 (d, J=12.3 Hz, 1H), 3.00-2.94 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.73-2.69 (m, 2H), 2.65-2.56 (comp, 2H), 2.29-2.19 (m, 1H), 1.82 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 0.92 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); Anal. Calcd for C25H26F3N3O4: C, 61.34; H, 5.35; N, 8.58; F, 11.64; Found: C, 61.26; H, 5.37; N, 8.37; F, 11.55; MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 490.1.
  • Example 105 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)-4-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5g)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00117
  • Compound 5g was prepared from 4g and 1a as an off-white solid (45%) using the method of Example 98 above. mp=181.0-182.0° C.; Rf=0.40 (75% EtOAc/hexanes, 1% i-Pr—NH2); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.50 (br. s, 1H), 8.12 (dd, J=1.2, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.62-7.33 (comp, 5H), 7.19-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.05 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.34-4.27 (m, 1H), 4.19-4.11 (m, 1H), 3.72 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.41 (d, J=11.4 Hz, 1H), 3.26 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 2.98 (d, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 2.92-2.84 (m, 1H), 2.72 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.65-2.54 (comp, 2H), 2.26 (dt, J=2.7, 11.1 Hz, 1H), 1.83 (dd, J=3.0, 12.9 Hz, 1H), 0.91 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); Anal. Calcd for C25H26F3N3O4: C, 61.34; H, 5.35; N, 8.58; F, 11.64; Found: C, 61.27; H, 5.33; N, 8.48; F, 11.75; MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 490.1.
  • Example 106 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 4-(4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)-1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5h)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00118
  • Compound 5h was prepared from 4h and 1a as an off-white solid (55%) using the method of Example 98 above. mp=203.0-204.0° C.; Rf=0.38 (75% EtOAc/hexanes, 1% i-Pr—NH2); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.79 (br. s, 1H), 8.11 (dd, J=1.5, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (dt, J=1.5, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.06 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 4.33-4.14 (m, 2H), 3.82-3.73 (m, 2H), 3.33 (dd, J=2.7, 10.8 Hz, 1H), 3.17 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 2.95-2.87 (comp, 7H), 2.83-2.65 (comp, 3H), 2.63-2.49 (comp, 2H), 2.28 (dt, J=2.4, 10.8 Hz, 1H), 1.77 (dd, J=3.0, 12.6 Hz, 1H), 0.96 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 172.5, 162.4, 151.8, 149.1, 138.7, 135.0, 131.5, 128.4, 123.3, 114.9, 114.7, 112.6, 59.7, 56.7, 55.5, 53.9, 46.6, 41.4, 40.9, 38.3, 27.3, 14.1; Anal. Calcd for C26H32N4O4: C, 66.45; H, 6.99; N, 11.92; found: C, 66.31; H, 7.01; N, 11.78; MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 465.2.
  • Example 107 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 4-(4-carbamoylphenyl)-1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5i)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00119
  • Compound 5i was prepared from 4i and 1a as a white solid (73 mg, 38%) using the method of Example 98 above except use of DMF/1,4-dioxane (2/3, Vol/Vol) as solvent (Note: the product showed a poor solubility in many organic solvents and was purified by washing with EtOAc/MeOH (1/1, Vol/Vol)): 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.41 (br. s, 1H), 7.92 (dd, J=1.2, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (br. s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.64 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.27 (br. s, 1H), 7.21-7.15 (comp, 2H), 4.13-4.03 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.68-3.57 (m, 2H), 3.23 (d, J=11.1 Hz, 1H), 3.14-3.09 (comp, 2H), 2.87-2.82 (m, 1H), 2.58-2.39 (comp, 4H), 2.17-2.08 (m, 1H), 1.77 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 0.86 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 171.8, 168.4, 162.4, 150.7, 147.6, 140.0, 135.5, 132.3, 127.9, 127.6, 127.5, 123.0, 115.6, 114.3, 59.6, 57.3, 55.3, 53.8, 45.9, 41.3, 37.9, 26.3, 14.3; Anal. Calcd for C25H28N4O5: C, 64.64; H, 6.08; N, 12.06; Found: C, 64.14; H, 6.08; N, 11.97; MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 465.2.
  • Example 108 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 4-([1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)-1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5j)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00120
  • Compound 5j was prepared from 4j and 1a as an off-white solid (65%) using the general procedure described above. mp=219.0-220.0° C.; Rf=0.40 (75% EtOAc/hexanes, 1% i-Pr—NH2); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.77 (br. s, 1H), 8.12 (dd, J=1.2, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.61-7.27 (comp, 10H), 7.21 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.36-4.27 (m, 1H), 4.23-4.14 (m, 1H), 3.40 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 3.24 (d, J=11.4 Hz, 1H), 3.01 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 2.93-2.85 (m, 1H), 2.73 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.67-2.56 (comp, 2H), 2.30 (dt, J=2.7, 10.8 Hz, 1H), 1.85 (dd, J=3.6, 12.9 Hz, 1H), 0.94 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); Anal. Calcd for C27H31N3O6: C, 68.95; H, 6.71; N, 9.65; Found: C, 68.90; H, 6.79; N, 9.65; MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 498.2.
  • Example 109 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 4-(1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)-1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5k)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00121
  • Compound 5k was prepared from 4k and 1a as a viscous yellow oil (144 mg, 58%) using the method of Example 98 above. Rf=0.10 (5% MeOH/CH2Cl2); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.70 (br. s, 1H), 8.10 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (ddd, J=1.8, 7.2, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (dd, J=1.5, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.11 (br. s, 1H), 6.04 (t, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 4.31-4.14 (m, 2H), 3.86-3.75 (m, 2H), 3.54 (m, 1H), 3.29 (dd, J=3.6, 11.4 Hz, 1H), 3.15-3.07 (comp, 2H), 2.73-2.56 (comp, 3H), 2.46 (m, 1H), 2.28 (m, 1H), 1.75 (d, J=12.6 Hz, 1H), 1.57 (s, 9H), 0.98 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 172.5, 162.4, 151.7, 149.5, 138.6, 137.0, 135.0, 128.5, 123.3, 121.0, 114.9, 114.7, 112.5, 110.0, 83.4, 59.6, 55.9, 55.5, 53.7, 44.0, 38.3, 35.6, 28.2, 27.9, 14.0.
  • Example 110 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)-4-(4-(ethoxycarbonyl)phenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5l)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00122
  • Compound 5l was prepared from 4l and 1a as an off-white solid (64%) using the method of Example 98 above. mp=213.0-213.5° C.; Rf=0.30 (75% EtOAc/CH2Cl2); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.71 (br. s, 1H), 8.11 (dd, J=1.5, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (dt, J=1.2, 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.21 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.37-4.26 (comp, 3H), 4.20-4.11 (m, 1H), 3.72 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.40 (d, J=9.9 Hz, 1H), 3.24 (d, J=9.9 Hz,1H), 2.99 (d, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 2.82-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.71 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.65-2.54 (comp, 2H), 2.25 (dt, J=2.7, 11.1 Hz, 1H), 1.84 (dd, J=3.0, 12.6 Hz, 1H), 1.36 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.91 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); Anal. Calcd for C27H31N3O6: C, 65.71; H, 6.33; N, 8.51; Found: C, 65.94; H, 6.31; N, 8.48; MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 494.2.
  • Example 111 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)-4-(thiophen-2-yl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5m)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00123
  • Compound 5m was prepared from 4m and 1a as an off-white solid (158 mg, 60%) using the method of Example 98 above (Note: the pure product was obtained by recrystallization in EtOAc/Et2O): mp=152.2-153.5° C.; Rf=0.31 (10% MeOH/CH2Cl2); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.30 (br. s, 1H), 8.10 (dd, J=1.2, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (ddd, J=1.5, 6.6, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 7.13-7.07 (comp, 2H), 6.88 (dd, J=3.3, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (d, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 4.33-4.16 (m, 2H), 3.86 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.38 (br. s, 1H), 3.09 (dd, J=6.9, 10.8, Hz, 1H), 3.01-2.96 (comp, 2H), 2.83-2.71 (comp, 3H), 2.56-2.49 (m, 1H), 2.39-2.29 (m, 1H), 2.04-1.96 (m, 1H), 1.01 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) □172.1, 162.4, 151.8, 146.3, 138.7, 135.1, 128.5, 126.4, 124.5, 123.4, 123.3, 115.0, 114.7, 60.1, 55.5, 54.2, 52.0, 46.5, 38.3, 37.6, 30.0, 14.0; Anal. Calcd for C22H25N3O4S: C, 61.81; H, 5.89; N, 9.83; S, 7.50; Found: C, 61.71; H, 5.79; N, 9.75; S, 7.29; MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 428.1.
  • Example 112 (±) syn-ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)-4-(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5n)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00124
  • Compound 5n was prepared from 4n and 1a as an off-white solid (56 mg, 20%) using the method of Example 98 above. Rf=0.20 (80% EtOAc/hexanes, 1% MeOH, 1% Et3N); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.14 (br. s, 1H), 8.10 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (m, 1H), 7.21 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (d, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 6.52 (dd, J=1.2, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 4.28-4.16 (m, 2H), 3.88 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.30 (br. s, 1H), 3.08-3.02 (m, 1H), 2.95-2.90 (comp, 2H), 2.79-2.69 (comp, 3H), 2.53 (br. s, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.27 (br. s, 1H), 1.98-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.04 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 172.1, 162.3, 151.8, 143.6, 138.6, 137.6, 134.9, 128.3, 124.3, 123.3, 114.9, 114.6, 59.9, 55.5, 53.8, 51.7, 46.2, 38.2, 37.6, 30.0, 15.2, 14.0; Anal. Calcd for C23H27N3O4S: C, 62.56; H, 6.16; N, 9.52; S, 7.26; Found: C, 62.49; H, 6.12; N, 9.37; S, 7.26; MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 442.2.
  • Example 113 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)-4-(4-(1-hydroxyethyl)phenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5p)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00125
  • Compound 5p was prepared from 4p and 1a as an off-white solid (13%) using the method of Example 98 above. mp=187.0-188.0° C.; Rf=0.15 (70% EtOAc/hexanes, 1% i-Pr—NH2); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.58 (br. s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.17 (comp, 5H), 7.05 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.89-4.81 (m, 1H), 4.33-4.23 (m, 1H), 4.21-4.09 (m, 1H), 3.73 (q, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.37 (d, J=10.2 Hz, 1H), 3.21 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 2.95 (br. s, 1H), 2.87-2.78 (m, 1H), 2.70 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.65-2.51 (comp, 2H), 2.26 (t, J=11.1 Hz, 1H), 1.77 (d, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 1.45 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 3H), 0.93 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 172.1, 162.4, 151.9, 143.5, 142.7, 138.7, 135.0, 128.4, 127.8, 125.1, 123.3, 115.0, 114.7, 70.3, 59.7, 56.9, 55.4, 53.8, 46.4, 41.9, 38.3, 26.9, 25.1, 14.0; Anal. Calcd for C26H31N3O5: C, 65.84; H, 6.80; N, 8.85; Found: C, 65.88; H, 6.62; N, 8.91; MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 466.2.
  • Example 114 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H),-yl)ethyl)-4-(3-methoxyphenyl) piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5q)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00126
  • Compound 5q was prepared in 72% yield from 1a and 4q using the method of Example 98 above. MP(HCl)=184.6-186.0° C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.75 (s, 1H), 8.11 (dd, J=1.65, 7.98 Hz, 1H), 7.63-7.53 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.13 (m, 3H), 7.06 (d, J=8.26 Hz, 1H), 6.82-6.75 (m, 8H), 4.37-4.10 (m, 2H), 3.78-3.72 (m, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.35 (ddd, J=1.51, 3.23, 11.21 Hz, 1H), 3.20 (d, J=12.38 Hz, 1H), 2.96-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.80 (dt, J=4.13, 11.56 Hz, 1H), 2.74-2.64 (m, 2H), 2.64-2.50 (m, 2H), 2.33-2.18 (m, 1H), 1.77 (dd J=3.30, 12.38 Hz, 1H), 0.94 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 172.3, 162.4, 157.8, 151.7, 138.6, 135.5, 135.0, 128.7, 128.5, 123.3, 114.9, 114.7, 113.4, 59.7, 56.8, 55.4, 55.3, 53.8, 46.5, 41.4, 38.3, 27.1, 14.0. Anal. (C27H33N3O4; 1.2 HCl; 1.3 H2O) C, H, N.
  • Example 115 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H),-yl)ethyl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl) piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5r)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00127
  • Compound 5r was prepared in 72% yield from 1a and 4r using the method of Example 98 above. MP(HCl)=153-154° C. MP(HCl)=168.5-170° C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.63 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (td, J=1.6, 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.13 (m, 3H), 7.05 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.79 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.35-4.22 (m, 1H), 4.22-4.09 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.81-3.67 (m, 2H), 3.35 (d, J=11.0 Hz, 1H), 3.20 (d, J=11.3 Hz, 1H), 2.92 (q, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 2.86-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.75-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.57 (dd, J=3.2, 11.4 Hz, 2H), 2.32-2.20 (m, 1H), 1.83-1.72 (m, 1H), 0.94 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 172.3, 162.4, 157.8, 151.7, 138.7, 135.5, 135.0, 128.7, 128.5, 123.4, 114.9, 114.7, 113.4, 59.7, 56.8, 55.5, 55.3, 53.9, 46.6, 41.4, 38.3, 27.1, 14.0. Anal. (C25H29N3O5.1.2HCl.1.3H2O) C, H, N, Cl.
  • Example 116 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-(4-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)phenyl)-1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5s)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00128
  • Compound 5s was prepared in 93% yield from 1a and 4s using the method of Example 98 above. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.98 (dd, J=1.65, 7.98 Hz, 1H), 7.56-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.20-7.04-7.20 (m, 3H), 7.00 (d, J=7.98 Hz, 1H), 4.22-3.95 (m, 2H), 3.76-3.59 (m, 2H), 3.46-3.35 (m, 4H), 3.32-3.14 (m, 2H), 3.05 (d, J=12.11 Hz, 1H), 2.86 (q, J=3.76 Hz, 1H), 2.81-2.67 (m, 1H), 2.67-2.33 (m, 4H), 2.29-2.12 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.65 (m, 1H), 1.41 (s, 9H), 0.88 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 117 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H),-yl)ethyl)-4-(4-ethylphenyl) piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5t)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00129
  • Compound 5t was prepared in 58% yield from 1a and 4t using the method of Example 98 above. MP(HCl)=145-146° C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.79 (s, 1H), 8.11 (dd, J=1.1, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (tq, J=1.6, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.13 (m, 3H), 7.09 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 2H), 7.06 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 1H), 4.37-4.09 (m, 2H), 3.75 (qd, J=6.9, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 3.37 (dd, J=3.0, 11.3 Hz, 1H), 3.20 (d, J=11.0 Hz, 1H), 3.01-2.90 (m, 1H), 2.90-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.71 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 2.64-2.51 (m, 4H), 2.27 (td, J=2.7, 10.9 Hz, 1H), 1.80 (dd, J=3.2, 13.1 Hz, 1H), 1.19 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H), 0.93 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 172.3, 162.4, 151.8, 141.9, 140.6, 138.7, 135.0, 128.5, 127.7, 127.5, 123.3, 115.0, 114.7, 59.7, 56.9, 55.5, 53.9, 46.5, 41.8, 38.3, 28.5, 15.6, 14.0. Anal. (C26H31N3O4; 1.5 HCl; 1.2 H2O) C, H, N, Cl.
  • Example 118 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H),-yl)ethyl)-4-(4-isopropylphenyl) piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5u)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00130
  • Compound 5u was prepared in 52% yield from 1a and 4u using the method of Example 98 above. MP(HCl)=153-154° C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.26 (br. s., 1H), 8.11 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.14 (m, 3H), 7.11 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.04 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 4.36-4.21 (m, 1H), 4.21-4.03 (m, 1H), 3.74 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.35 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 3.20 (d, J=9.4 Hz, 1H), 2.94 (br. s., 1H), 2.89-2.75 (m, 2H), 2.72 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 2.58 (d, J=11.8 Hz, 2H), 2.35-2.13 (m, 1H), 1.80 (d, J=11.0 Hz, 1H), 1.13-1.26 (m, J=6.6 Hz, 6H), 0.92 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 172.2, 162.3, 151.4, 146.5, 140.7, 138.5, 135.0, 128.5, 127.6, 126.1, 123.4, 114.7, 114.7, 59.7, 55.4, 53.9, 46.5, 41.9, 38.3, 33.7, 26.9, 24.1, 24.1, 14.0. Anal. (C27H33N3O4; 1.25 HCl; 1.25 H2O) C, H, N.
  • Example 119 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)-4-phenethylpiperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5v)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00131
  • Compound 5v was prepared in 38% yield from 1a and 4v using the method of Example 98 above. MP(HCl)=140-141° C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.7 (br. s., 1H), 8.09 (dd, J=1.5, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (ddd, J=1.6, 7.1, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.17 (comp., 4H), 7.17-7.06 (comp., 4H), 4.39-4.12 (broad m., 2H), 4.11-3.87 (broad m, 2H), 2.93-2.73 (broad m, 1H), 2.73-2.57 (broad m, 6H), 2.57-2.37 (broad m, 2H), 1.98-1.70 (broad m, 3H), 1.70-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.14 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 173.2, 162.4, 152.4, 142.3, 138.8, 135.0, 128.4, 128.3, 125.8, 123.3, 115.2, 114.7, 60.0, 55.7, 45.0, 38.3, 33.8, 28.1, 14.3. Anal. (C26H31N3O4; 1.5 HCl; 0.25 H2O) C, H, N.
  • Example 120 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5x)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00132
  • Compound 5x was prepared in 40% yield from 1a and 4x using the method of Example 98 above. MP=182.8-183.6° C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.98 (Br. S., 1H), 8.12 (dd, J=1.65, 7.98 Hz, 1H), 7.64-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.17 (m, 1H), 7.17-6.88 (m, 4H), 4.39-4.23 (m, 1H), 4.16 (dt, J=6.36, 12.86 Hz, 1H), 3.73 (q, J=7.15 Hz, 2H), 3.41 (d, J=10.73 Hz, 1H), 3.28 (d, J=10.46 Hz, 1H), 3.16-3.00 (m, 2H), 2.77-2.66 (m, 2H), 2.66-2.52 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.17 (m, 1H), 1.67 (d, J=11.01 Hz, 2H), 0.92 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 172.2, 162.6, 162.4, 159.4, 152.0, 138.7, 135.0, 130.2, 130.1, 129.7, 129.7, 129.7, 128.4, 127.7, 127.6, 123.6, 123.6, 123.6, 123.4, 115.0, 114.9, 114.9, 114.7, 114.6, 59.7, 57.2, 55.4, 54.1, 44.5, 38.3, 36.0, 26.0, 14.0. Anal. (C24H26N3O4F) C, H, N, F. MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 440.2.
  • Example 121 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H),-yl)ethyl)-4-(m-tolyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5y)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00133
  • Compound 5y was prepared in 31% yield from 1a and 4y using the method of Example 98 above. MP(HCl)=148.5-150° C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.91 (br. s., 1H), 8.11 (dd, J=1.6, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (ddd, J=1.4, 7.1, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.02 (m, 5H), 6.96 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.37-4.09 (m, 2H), 3.83-3.67 (m, 2H), 3.38 (dd, J=2.5, 11.0 Hz, 1H), 3.22 (d, J=11.8 Hz, 1H), 3.02-2.93 (m, 1H), 2.88-2.77 (m, 1H),2.77-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.48 (m, 2H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.34-2.19 (m, 1H), 1.91-1.75 (m, 1H), 0.93 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 172.2, 162.4, 151.8, 143.3, 138.7, 137.4, 135.0, 128.6, 128.5, 127.9, 126.8, 124.7, 123.3, 115.0, 114.7, 59.7, 56.9, 55.5, 53.9, 46.4, 46.4, 42.1, 38.3, 21.6, 14.0. Anal. (C25H29N3O4; 1.9 HCl; 0.1 H2O) C, H, N.
  • Example 122 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H),-yl)ethyl)-4-(o-tolyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5z)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00134
  • Compound 5z was prepared in 38% yield from 1a and 4z using the method of Example 98 above. MP(HCl)=174-175° C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.73 (br. s., 1H), 8.12 (dd, J=1.6, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.68-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.24-6.99 (m, 5H), 4.45-4.11 (m, 2H), 3.76 (dq, J=3.6, 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.44 (d, J=11.6 Hz, 1H), 3.27 (d, J=11.6 Hz, 1H), 3.04-2.85 (m, 2H), 2.85-2.63 (m, 3H), 2.63-2.52 (m, 1H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 2.40-2.18 (m, 1H), 1.65 (d, J=14.6 Hz, 1H), 0.92 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 172.1, 162.4, 152.2, 140.9, 138.8, 135.6, 135.0, 130.2, 128.4, 128.3, 126.2, 125.7, 123.4, 115.2, 114.7, 59.7, 57.2, 55.6, 54.4, 44.0, 39.6, 38.3, 27.1, 19.4, 14.0. Anal. (C25H29N3O4; 1.6 HCl; 1.0 H2O) C, H, N.
  • Example 123 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-(3-(dimethylamino)phenyl)-1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H),-yl)ethyl) piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5aa)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00135
  • Compound 5aa was prepared in 30% yield from 1a and 4aa using the method of Example 98 above. MP(HCl)=179-180° C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.95 (s, 1H), 8.11 (dd, J=1.6, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.64-7.50 (m, 1H), 7.20 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16-7.02 (m, 2H), 6.68-6.61 (m, 2H), 6.55 (dd, J=2.5, 7.2 Hz, 1H),4.38-4.06 (m, 2H), 3.78 (qd, J=7.1, 2.1 Hz, 5H), 3.40 (dd, J=3.0, 12.7 Hz, 1H), 3.20 (d, J=11.01 Hz, 1H), 3.04-2.95 (m, 1H), 2.90 (s, 6H), 2.71 (dd, J=5.2, 7.7 Hz, 5H), 2.60 (dd, J=3.6, 11.3 Hz, 2H), 2.39-2.17 (m, 1H), 1.90-1.77 (m, 1H), 0.95 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 172.5, 162.5, 152.2, 150.5, 144.2, 138.9, 135.0, 128.7, 128.3, 123.3, 116.4, 115.2, 114.6, 112.5, 110.7, 59.8, 56.8, 55.6, 53.9, 46.4, 42.5, 40.8, 38.3, 27.3, 14.0. Anal. (C26H32N4O4; 3 HCl; 2 H2O) C, H, N.
  • Example 124 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-(2-(dimethylamino)phenyl)-1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H),-yl)ethyl) piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5bb)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00136
  • Compound 5bb was prepared in 48% yield from 1a and 5bb using the method of Example 98 above. MP(HCl)=208-209° C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.29 (s, 1H), 8.11 (dd, J=1.6, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (ddd, J=1.6, 7.01, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.09 (m, 4H), 7.07-6.97 (m, 1H), 4.37-4.15 (m, 2H), 3.81-3.68 (m, 2H), 3.41 (dt, J=1.9, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 3.34-3.20 (m, 3H), 2.84-2.62 (m, 3H), 2.61 (s, 6H), 2.62-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.28 (tq, J=2.7, 11.3 Hz, 1H), 1.69-1.56 (m, 1H), 0.90 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 173.0, 162.5, 153.1, 152.2, 152.1, 139.1, 138.9, 135.0, 128.9, 128.3, 127.1, 124.3, 123.3, 121.0, 115.2, 114.7, 59.5, 57.3, 55.7, 54.6, 46.1, 46.1, 44.6, 38.3, 37.6, 26.8, 14.0. Anal. (C26H32N4O4; 2 HCl; 2.75 H2O) C, H, N, Cl.
  • Example 125 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-(3-azidophenyl)-1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5cc)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00137
  • To a cooled solution (0° C.) of 5qq (below) (70 mg, 0.16 mmol) in water (2 ml) was added conc. HCl (0.3 mL). The solution was stirred for 5 minutes at 0° C. then NaNO2 was added in 1 ml of water. The cooling bath was removed and the solution was stirred for 1 hr. The reaction mixture was cooled back to 0° C. and NaN3 in 1 mL of water was added to the mixture. Once again, the cooling bath was removed and the solution was stirred for 1 hr at which time the reaction was quenched by the addition of sat. NaHCO3, until pH=8. The mixture was then extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×20 mL), dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to afford pure compound 5cc in 81% yield as an off-white foam. MP(HCl)=178-179° C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.23 (br. s., 1H), 8.11 (dd, J=1.65, 7.98 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (ddd, J=1.51, 7.22, 8.32 Hz, 1H), 7.16-7.24 (m, 2H), 6.99-7.12 (m, 2H), 6.90 (t, J=2.20 Hz, 1H), 6.79-6.87 (m, 1H), 4.09-4.37 (m, 2H), 3.69-3.81 (m, 2H), 3.40 (dd, J=2.20, 11.28 Hz, 1H), 3.23 (d, J=11.28 Hz, 1H), 2.97 (q, J=4.04 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (dt, J=4.13, 11.83 Hz, 1H), 2.71 (t, J=6.88 Hz, 2H), 2.48-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.26 (td, J=2.89, 11.08 Hz, 1H), 1.81 (dd, J=3.03, 12.66 Hz, 1H), 0.95 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ Anal. (C26H32N4O4; 2 HCl; 2.75 H2O) C, H, N, Cl.
  • Example 126 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H),-yl)ethyl) piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5dd)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00138
  • Compound 5dd was prepared in 48% yield from 1a and 4dd using the method of Example 98 above. MP(HCl)=154.5-155.5° C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.15 (br. s., 1H), 8.11 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.14 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.91-6.65 (m, 3H), 4.44-4.09 (m, 1H), 3.83 (s, 6H), 3.99-3.66 (m, 2H), 3.37 (d, J=9.9 Hz, 1H), 3.20 (d, J=11.3 Hz, 1H), 2.95 (br. s., 1H), 2.82 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 2.77-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.67-2.45 (m, 2H), 2.41-2.17 (m, 1H), 1.82 (d, J=10.7 Hz, 1H), 0.96 (t, J=7.02 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) □172.4, 162.4, 152.1, 148.5, 147.3, 138.8, 136.1, 135.0, 128.4, 123.4, 119.7, 115.1, 114.7, 111.3, 110.8, 59.8, 56.8, 55.9, 55.9, 55.5, 53.9, 46.5, 41.8, 38.3, 27.3, 14.1. Anal. (C26H31N3O6; 3 HCl; 2 H2O) C, H, N.
  • Example 127 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5ff)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00139
  • Compound 5ff was prepared in 56% yield from 1a and 4ff using the method of Example 98 above. MP(HCl)=167-168.5° C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.92 (dd, J=8.0, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (td, J=7.7, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.12 (m, 2H), 6.65 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (m, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.50 (td, J=8.3, 1.9 Hz, 10H), 4.14-3.89 (m, 2H), 3.76-3.59 (m, 1H), 3.15 (dd, J=10.5, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 3.02 (m, J=11.0 Hz, 1H), 2.94-2.81 (m, 1H), 2.71-2.57 (m, 1H), 2.45-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.12 (t, J=9.1 Hz, 12H), 1.63 (d, J=13.5 Hz, 1H), 0.91 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 171.9, 162.4, 150.7, 145.0, 143.7, 140.0, 135.4, 134.9, 127.9, 123.0, 118.7, 115.6, 115.5, 114.3, 59.4, 56.8, 55.4, 54.0, 46.2, 37.9, 27.0, 14.4. Anal. (C24H27N3O6; 1 HCl; 2.5 H2O) C, H, N.
  • Example 128 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5gg)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00140
  • Compound 5gg was prepared in 46% yield from 1a and 4gg using the method of Example 98 above. MP(HCl)=178-179° C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.55 (s, 1H), 8.11 (dd, J=8.0, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (ddd, J=8.3, 7.2, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (dt, J=7.2, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.83-6.65 (m, 3H), 4.34-4.21 (m, 1H), 4.20 (s, 4H), 4.19-4.10 (m, 1H), 3.78 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.34 (dd, J=11.0, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 3.19 (d, J=11.3 Hz, 1H), 2.91 (q, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 2.83-2.62 (m, 3H), 2.61-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.26 (td, J=10.7, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 1.77 (dd, J=12.4, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 0.97 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 172.3, 162.5, 152.2, 143.0, 141.8, 138.9, 136.7, 135.0, 128.3, 123.3, 120.6, 116.7, 116.6, 115.2, 114.6, 64.4, 59.8, 56.6, 55.5, 53.8, 46.4, 41.3, 38.2, 27.2, 14.1. Anal. (C26H29N3O6; 1 HCl; 2.2 H2O) C, H, N.
  • Example 129 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)-4-(2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5hh)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00141
  • Compound 5hh was prepared in 21% yield from 1a and 4hh using the method of Example 98 above. MP(HCl)=153.5-154.5° C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.01 (br. s., 1H), 8.10 (dd, J=8.0, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (td, J=8.0, 1.4 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (m, J=7.7, 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (t, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.14-7.04 (m, 2H), 4.46-4.22 (m, 2H), 3.83 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.64 (d, J=16.8 Hz, 1H), 3.37 (dt, J=16.5, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.11-2.76 (m, 2H), 2.72-2.58 (m, 1H), 2.53-2.41 (m, 2H), 0.79 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 165.6, 162.6, 152.1, 145.8, 138.8, 135.1, 131.5, 128.5, 128.3, 126.9, 126.6, 126.2, 126.1, 126.0, 123.4, 115.2, 114.6, 60.1, 54.8, 52.9, 49.1, 38.1, 34.5, 13.5. Anal. (C25H24F3N3O4; 1.3 HCl; 1.1 H2O) C, H, N.
  • Example 130 Synthesis of (±)-syn-ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)-4-(4-(trifluoromethoxy) phenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5ii)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00142
  • Compound 5ii was prepared in 51% yield from 1a and 4ll using the method of Example 98 above. MP(HCl)=150-151.5° C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.02 (s, 1H), 8.16-8.04 (m, 1H), 7.59 (dt, J=8.3, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.32-7.17 (m, 4H), 7.09 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 3H), 4.39-4.24 (m, 1H), 4.23-4.06 (m, 1H), 3.74 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.39 (dd, J=10.5, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 3.23 (d, J=11.0 Hz, 1H), 3.02-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.83 (dt, J=11.8, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 2.71 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.58 (qd, J=11.8, 3.6 Hz, 2H), 2.25 (td, J=10.7, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 1.80 (dd, J=12.7, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 0.92 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 172.0, 162.4, 152.1, 147.5, 147.5, 142.2, 138.8, 135.0, 129.0, 128.4, 123.4, 122.3, 120.5, 118.9, 115.1, 114.7, 59.9, 56.9, 55.4, 53.8, 46.4, 41.7, 38.2, 26.8, 13.9. Anal. (C25H26F3N3O5; 1.3 HCl; 1.1 H2O) C, H, N.
  • Example 131 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)-4-(3-(trifluoromethoxy) phenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5jj)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00143
  • Compound 5jj was prepared in 64% yield from 1a and 4jj using the method of Example 98 above. MP(HCl)=155-156° C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.32 (br. s., 1H), 8.12 (dd, J=8.0, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (td, J=8.3, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.15 (m, 2H), 7.14-7.05 (m, 2H), 7.01 (td, J=8.0, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 4.39-4.13 (m, 2H), 3.75 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.40 (dd, J=11.4, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 3.24 (m, J=11.0, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 2.97 (q, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 2.85 (dt, J=11.5, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.72 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.65-2.44 (m, 2H), 2.26 (td, J=11.0, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 1.89-1.76 (m, 2H), 0.92 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) □171.9, 162.4, 152.0, 149.2, 149.1, 145.9, 138.7, 135.0, 129.2, 128.4, 126.1, 123.4, 120.4, 118.5, 115.0, 114.7, 59.9, 56.9, 55.4, 53.7, 46.3, 41.8, 38.3, 26.7, 13.9. Anal. (C25H26F3N3O5; 1 HCl; 1.5 H2O) C, H, N.
  • Example 132 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)-4-(pyridin-4-yl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound syn-5kk)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00144
  • Compound syn-5kk was prepared in 23% yield from 1a and 4kk using the method of Example 98 above. MP(HCl)=210-211° C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.48 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 8.12 (dt, J=7.8, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.64-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 7.07 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.40-4.23 (m, 1H), 4.23-4.04 (m, 1H), 3.71 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.40 (d, J=12.1 Hz, 1H), 3.25 (d, J=11.3 Hz, 1H), 3.07-2.94 (m, 1H), 2.86-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.75-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.57 (ddd, J=12.4, 11.6, 3.0 Hz, 2H), 2.24 (m, J=10.7, 10.7, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 1.84 (dd, J=13.5, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 0.91 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 171.6, 162.4, 152.7, 151.9, 149.4, 138.9, 135.0, 128.4, 123.3, 123.0, 115.0, 114.6, 60.0, 57.1, 55.3, 53.4, 45.7, 41.3, 38.2, 26.0, 13.9. Anal. (C23H26N4O4; 2 HCl; 2 H2O) C, H, N.
  • Example 133 Synthesis of (±)-anti-Ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)-4-(pyridin-4-yl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound anti-5kk)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00145
  • The title compound was isolated from the reaction of 1a and 4kk using the method of Example 98 above in 5% yield. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.45 (s, 1H), 8.49 (dd, J=4.7, 1.4 Hz, 2H), 8.14 (dd, J=8.1, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (ddd, J=8.3, 7.2, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.22 (m, 4H), 7.12 (m, J=4.4, 1.7 Hz, 2H), 7.07 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.36-4.18 (m, 1H), 4.13 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.33 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 3.22 (d, J=11.8 Hz, 1H), 2.93-2.68 (m, 3H), 2.39-2.15 (m, 4H), 1.79 (dd, J=8.4, 3.2 Hz, 2H), 1.65-1.52 (m, 4H), 0.98 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 172.8, 162.4, 152.7, 151.5, 149.9, 138.6, 135.2, 128.6, 123.5, 123.0, 114.8, 114.7, 60.5, 58.9, 56.3, 55.3, 53.5, 48.3, 44.6, 38.3, 32.7, 30.7, 23.5, 23.2, 22.3, 14.7, 14.0. Purity determined by LC/MS.
  • Example 134 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-(4-aminophenyl)-1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H),-yl)ethyl) piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5mm)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00146
  • The title compound was prepared in 93% yield from 5s (above) by the following procedure: A flask containing magnetic stir bar and carbamate 5s was cooled to 0° C. and charged with trifluoroacetic acid (TFA). The flask was removed from the ice-bath and stirred for 30 min at 0° C., before concentrating to remove excess TFA. The residue was placed under high vacuum overnight to provide the pure product. MP(HCl)=263.5-265° C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.40 (s, 1H), 7.91 (dd, J=1.1, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (dt, J=7.7, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.11-7.26 (m, 2H), 6.90 (d, J=8.26 Hz, 2H), 6.43 (d, J=8.53 Hz, 2H), 4.15-3.98 (m, 1H), 3.98-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.79-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.14 (dd, J=2.2, 11.8 Hz, 1H), 3.02 (d, J=11.3 Hz, 1H), 2.86 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 2.69-2.57 (m, 1H), 2.45-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.19-2.06 (m, 1H), 1.61 (dd, J=2.7, 12.1 Hz, 1H), 0.90 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 172.0, 162.4, 150.7, 147.0, 140.0, 135.4, 131.0, 128.4, 127.9, 123.0, 115.6, 114.3, 114.0, 59.4, 56.8, 55.4, 54.0, 46.3, 37.9, 27.0, 14.4. Anal. (C24H28N4O4; 2.1 HCl; 2.3 H2O) C, H, N.
  • Example 135 Synthesis of (±)-Syn-Ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydroquinazolin-1(2H)-yl)ethyl)-4-(3,4-dichlorophenyl) piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound syn-5nn) and (±)-Anti-Ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydroquinazolin-1(2H)-yl)ethyl)-4-(3,4-dichlorophenyl) piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound anti-5nn)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00147
  • Compounds syn-5nn and anti-5nn were produced according to the following method:
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00148
  • The diasteromers were separated by prep-TLC eluting with 1% MeOH/CHCl3 (20 mg/plate, 3-5 elutions per plate).
  • Syn-5nn: Isolated 11 mg (15% impurity of anti-)1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 9.46 (s, 1H), 8.11 (dd, J=8.0, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.64-7.54—(m, 1H), 7.35-7.17 (m, 6H), 7.12-6.99 (m, 2H),4.37-4.21 (m, 1H),4.21-4.06 (m, 1H), 3.73 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.43-3.29 (m, 1H), 3.24 (d, J=13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.99-2.85 (m, 1H), 2.81-2.62 (m, 3H), 2.61-2.44 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.14 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.68 (m, 1H), 0.94 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (76 MHz, CDCl3) δ 171.7, 162.3, 151.5, 143.9, 138.6, 135.1, 135.0, 132.0, 129.9, 129.9, 128.5, 127.2, 123.4, 114.8, 114.6, 114.6, 60.0, 57.1, 55.3, 53.6, 46.3, 41.5, 38.2, 26.5, 14.0. MP(HCl salt)=144-146° C.
  • Anti-5nn: Isolated 20 mg pure. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 9.50 (s, 1H), 8.13 (dd, J=8.0, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.69-7.54 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.17 (m, 3H), 7.11-6.94 (m, 2H), 4.40-4.13 (m, 2H), 3.91 (qd, J=7.2, 1.7 Hz, 7H), 3.25 (dd, J=29.2, 11.3 Hz, 6H), 2.85-2.63 (m, 4H), 2.39-2.14 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.00 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ 172.9, 162.4, 152.1, 144.0, 138.7, 135.2, 132.3, 130.5, 130.4, 129.6, 128.5, 127.0, 123.6, 115.1, 114.7, 60.5, 56.4, 55.3, 53.6, 48.9, 44.5, 38.3, 33.0, 14.1.
  • Example 136 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 4-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5oo)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00149
  • Compound 5oo was prepared from 4oo and 1a as a white solid (118 mg, 38%) using the method of Example 98 above. mp=194.8-196.1° C.; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.39 (br. s, 1H), 8.12 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 7.61-7.56 (m, 1H), 7.20 (dd, J=11.4, 9.0 Hz, 4H), 7.04 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.34-4.24 (m, 1H), 4.19-4.10 (m, 1H), 3.73 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.37 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 3.26-3.19 (m, 1H), 2.92 (q, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 2.79 (dt, J=4.2, 12.0 Hz, 1H), 2.70 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.62-2.49 (comp, 2H), 2.25 (dt, J=2.7, 10.5 Hz, 1H), 1.81-1.74 (m, 1H), 0.93 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 171.9, 162.3, 151.5, 142.0, 138.6, 135.0, 131.8, 129.1, 128.5, 128.1, 123.4, 114.8, 114.7, 59.8, 57.0, 55.4, 53.7, 46.4, 41.7, 38.3, 26.7, 14.0; Anal. Calcd for C24H26ClN3O4: C, 63.22; H, 5.75; N, 9.22; Cl, 7.78; Found: C, 63.25; H, 5.83; N, 9.25; Cl, 7.54.
  • Example 137 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 4-(3-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5pp)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00150
  • Compound 5pp was prepared from 4pp and 1a as a white solid (93 mg, 27%) using the method of Example 98 above. mp=161.8-162.9° C.; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.89 (br. s, 1H), 8.12 (dd, J=1.5, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 7.62-7.56 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.02 (comp, 4H), 7.01 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.32-4.24 (m, 1H), 4.18-4.09 (m, 1H), 3.72 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.37 (d, J=11.1 Hz, 1H), 3.25-3.22 (m, 1H), 2.93 (q, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 2.78 (dt, J=4.2, 12.0 Hz, 1H), 2.70 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.61-2.50 (comp, 2H), 2.22 (dt, J=2.7, 10.8 Hz, 1H), 1.83-1.78 (m, 1H), 0.93 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 171.9, 162.3, 151.5, 145.6, 138.6, 135.0, 133.9, 129.2, 128.5, 128.0, 126.2, 125.9, 123.4, 114.8, 114.7, 59.9, 57.0, 55.3, 53.7, 46.3, 41.9, 38.2, 16.6, 14.0; Anal. Calcd for C24H26ClN3O4: C, 63.22; H, 5.75; N, 9.22; Cl, 7.78; Found: C, 63.11; H, 5.94; N, 9.04; Cl, 7.53.
  • Example 138 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-(3-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)phenyl)-1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5qq)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00151
  • Compound 5qq was prepared from 4qq and 1a as a white solid (199 mg, 88%) using the method of Example 98 above. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.09 (br. s., 1H), 8.11 (dd, J=1.65, 7.98 Hz, 1H), 7.62-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.10 (m, 4H), 7.08 (d, J=7.98 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (d, J=7.15 Hz, 1H), 4.37-4.15 (m, 1H), 4.11 (q, J=7.15 Hz, 2H), 3.80-3.67 (m, 2H), 3.37 (dd, J=2.06, 11.14 Hz, 1H), 3.21 (d, J=10.46 Hz, 1H), 3.01-2.90 (m, 1H), 2.88-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.71 (t, J=6.88 Hz, 2H), 2.56 (ddd, J=0.83, 2.75, 11.28 Hz, 2H), 2.31-2.17 (m, 1H), 1.78 (d, J=11.28 Hz, 1H), 1.50 (s, 8H), 1.25 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 3H), 0.93 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 139 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl) ethyl)-4-(1H-pyrrol-2-yl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5rr)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00152
  • Silica gel (1.07 g) was added to a solution of 5k (95 mg, 0.19 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (4 mL). The solvent was evaporated at room temperature, and the residue was heated to 55° C. in a vacuum oven (2 mmHg) for 4 days. The silicagel was cooled to room temperature, and EtOAc (5 mL) was added. The mixture was filtered through a filter paper washing thoroughly with EtOAc (20 mL). The combined filtrate and washings were concentrated and dried under vacuum to give 5rr (41 mg, 52%) as an off-white solid: mp=202.0° C. (Dec.); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.05 (br. s, 1H), 8.80 (br. s, 1H), 8.12 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (dt, J=0.9, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (m, 1H), 6.05 (dd, J=2.7, 5.7, 1H), 5.93 (br. s, 1H), 4.30-4.21 (m, 1H), 4.17-4.08 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.84 (m, 2H), 3.26-3.22 (m, 1H), 3.11-3.07 (m, 1H), 2.99-2.95 (m, 1H), 2.81 (dd, J=4.2, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 2.68 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.59 (dd, J=2.7, 12.0 Hz, 1H), 2.51-2.28 (comp, 2H), 1.75-1.69 (m, 1H), 1.07 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); 1H NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 174.2, 162.4, 151.8, 138.6, 135.1, 133.7, 128.5, 123.5, 116.9, 114.9, 114.7, 107.4, 106.2, 60.4, 56.8, 55.5, 53.6, 46.5, 38.3, 36.9, 29.1, 14.1; Anal. Calcd for C22H26N4O4.0.25H2O.0.08 EtOAc: C, 63.52; H, 6.38; N, 13.65; Found: C, 63.67; H, 6.38; N, 13.18; MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 411.2.
  • Example 140 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5ss)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00153
  • Compound 5ss was prepared from 4ss and 1a as a white solid (54% yield) using the method of Example 98 above. MP=196.6-198.4° C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.80 (Br. S. 1H), 8.11 (dd, J=1.65, 7.98 Hz, 1H), 7.64-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.17 (t, J=7.71 Hz, 2H), 7.12-6.89 (m, 4H), 4.37-4.077 (m, 2H), 3.75 (q, J=7.15 Hz, 2H), 3.45-3.34 (d, J=11.28 Hz, 1H), 3.23 (d, J=11.56 Hz, 1H), 2.95-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.86-2.65 (m, 3H), 2.62-2.44 (m, 2H), 2.23 (t, J=11.01 Hz, 3H), 1.77 (d, J=11.56 Hz, 1H), 0.95 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 171.8, 162.4, 151.8, 140.6, 138.7, 135.0, 128.5, 123.5, 123.4, 116.8, 116.7, 116.5, 116.5, 116.5, 114.9, 114.7, 59.9, 57.0, 55.3, 53.7, 46.4, 41.5, 38.2, 26.8, 14.0. Anal. (C24H25F2N3O4) C, H, N, F. MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 458.2.
  • Example 141 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 4-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 5tt)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00154
  • Compound 5tt was prepared from 4tt and 1a as a white solid (60% yield) using the method of Example 98 above. MP=216-217.4° C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.17-8.03 (m, 3H), 7.65-7.49 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.12 (m, 2H), 7.02 (d, J=7.98 Hz, 1H), 4.43-4.20 (m, 1H), 4.20-4.03 (m, 1H), 3.69 (q, J=6.97 Hz, 2H), 3.43 (d, J=11.01 Hz, 1H), 3.29 (d, J=11.28 Hz, 1H), 3.03-2.95 (m, 1H), 2.89 (dt, J=3.89, 11.76 Hz, 1H), 2.79-2.51 (m, 4H), 2.24 (td, J=2.75, 11.28 Hz, 1H), 1.85 (dd, J=2.20, 12.66 Hz, 1H), 0.92 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 171.5, 162.3, 151.5, 146.4, 138.5, 135.0, 128.6, 128.5, 123.5, 123.3, 114.8, 114.7, 60.0, 57.3, 55.2, 53.6, 46.3, 42.2, 38.2, 26.3, 14.0. Anal. (C24H26N4O6) C, H, N. MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 467.2.
  • Example 142 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 1-(3-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)propyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00155
  • The compound was prepared from 4d and 3-(3-chloropropyl)quinazoline-2,4(1H,3H)-dione (Chem J W et al, J Het Chem 25, 1103-1105 (1988); incorporated by reference herein) as a white solid (54% yield) using the method of Example 98 above. MP=171.8-172.4° C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.27 (s, 1H), 8.13 (dd, J=1.65, 7.98 Hz, 1H), 7.65-7.54 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.18 (m, 4H), 7.07 (d, J=7.98 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (t, J=8.81 Hz, 2H), 4.17-3.87 (m, 4H), 3.39-3.23 (m, 1H), 3.04 (d, J=10.46 Hz, 1H), 2.99-2.90 (m, 1H), 2.83 (dt, J=4.02, 11.76 Hz, 1H), 2.66-2.34 (m, 4H), 2.15 (td, J=3.16, 11.08 Hz, 1H), 2.00-1.83 (m, 2H), 1.79 (d, J=12.38 Hz, 1H), 1.06 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 172.3, 163.0, 162.4, 159.7, 152.0, 139.1, 139.1, 139.1, 138.6, 135.0, 129.2, 129.2, 129.2, 129.1, 128.5, 123.4, 115.0, 114.9, 114.7, 114.6, 60.0, 56.1, 55.9, 53.9, 46.4, 41.7, 39.6, 27.0, 25.3, 14.2 Anal. (C25H28FN3O4) C, H, N. MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 454.2.
  • Example 143 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 1-(4-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)butyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00156
  • The compound was prepared from 4d and 3-(3-chlorobutyl)quinazoline-2,4(1H,3H)-dione (Chem et al, 1988 supra) as a white solid (40% yield) using the general procedure described above. MP=148.5-149.7° C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.27 (s, 1H), 8.13 (dd, J=1.65, 7.98 Hz, 1H), 7.65-7.54 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.18 (m, 4H), 7.07 (d, J=7.98 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (t, J=8.81 Hz, 2H), 4.17-3.87 (m, 4H), 3.39-3.23 (m, 1H), 3.04 (d, J=10.46 Hz, 1H), 2.99-2.90 (m, 1H), 2.83 (dt, J=4.02, 11.76 Hz, 1H), 2.66-2.34 (m, 4H), 2.15 (td, J=3.16, 11.08 Hz, 1H), 2.00-1.83 (m, 2H), 1.79 (d, J=12.38 Hz, 1H), 1.06 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 172.3, 163.0, 162.4, 159.7, 152.0, 139.1, 139.1, 139.1, 138.6, 135.0, 129.2, 129.2, 129.2, 129.1, 128.5, 123.4, 115.0, 114.9, 114.7, 114.6, 60.0, 56.1, 55.9, 53.9, 46.4, 41.7, 39.6, 27.0, 25.3, 14.2 Anal. (C26H30FN3O4) C, H, N,F. MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 454.2.
  • Example 144 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 1-(2-(1,3-dioxoisoindolin-2-yl)ethyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00157
  • The compound was prepared according to the general procedure above in 57% yield from 4d and N-(2-Bromoethyl)phthalimide. MP(HCl)=104.5-105.5° C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.85-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.71-7.66 (m, 2H), 7.22 (dd, J=8.3, 5.8 Hz, 7H), 6.93 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 3.92-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.63 (td, J=7.3, 3.6 Hz, 2H), 3.27 (ddd, J=11.4, 3.5, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 3.21-3.10 (m, 1H), 2.93-2.84 (m, 1H), 2.78 (dt, J=11.8, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 2.65 (ddd, J=7.4, 5.7, 2.1 Hz, 2H), 2.51 (dd, J=11.0, 3.3 Hz, 2H), 2.18 (td, J=10.9, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 1.87-1.70 (m, 2H), 0.92 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 171.8, 168.4, 162.9, 159.7, 139.1, 139.0, 133.9, 132.3, 129.2, 129.1, 123.2, 114.9, 114.6, 59.7, 56.9, 55.6, 53.4, 46.5, 41.6, 35.4, 26.7, 14.0. Anal. (C24H25FN2O4; 1 HCl; 1.3 H2O) C, H, N.
  • Example 145 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 1-(2-(6-bromo-2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl) piperidine-3-carboxylate
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00158
  • The compound was prepared in 51% yield from 4d and 1c. MP(HCl salt)=167-168° C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.21 (br. s., 1H), 7.64 (dd, J=2.48, 8.53 Hz, 1H), 7.23-7.11 (m, 2H), 7.06-6.84 (m, 3H), 4.35-4.08(m, 2H), 3.74 (q, J=7.15 Hz, 2H), 3.44-3.29 (m, 1H), 3.27-3.11 (m, 1H),2.98-2.87 (m, 1H), 2.82 (dt, J=4.09, 11.63 Hz, 1H), 2.76-2.63 (m, 2H),2.63-2.44 (m, 2H), 2.24 (td, J=2.20, 11.01 Hz, 1H), 1.78 (dd, J=3.58, 12.11 Hz, 1H), 0.94 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (76 MHz, CDCl3) δ 172.2, 163.0, 161.2, 159.7, 151.8, 138.9, 138.9, 138.9, 137.8, 137.7, 130.9, 129.1, 129.1, 129.0, 129.0, 116.9, 116.1, 116.0, 114.9, 114.7, 77.5, 77.3, 77.1, 76.7, 59.9, 56.7, 55.3, 53.8, 46.5, 41.5, 38.4, 26.9, 14.0. Anal. (C24H25FN3O4; 1 HCl; 1.25 H2O) C, H, N.
  • Example 146 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Ethyl 1-(2-(6,8-dibromo-2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl) piperidine-3-carboxylate
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00159
  • The title compound was prepared in 58% yield from 4d and 1d. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.21 (d, J=2.20 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.91 (d, J=2.20 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.14 (m, 2H), 6.94 (t, J=8.67 Hz, 2H), 4.31-4.02 (m, 2H), 3.86-3.66 (m, 2H), 3.31 (ddd, J=1.79, 3.51, 11.49 Hz, 1H),3.22-3.08 (m, 1H), 2.90 (t, J=3.85, Hz, 1H), 2.80 (dt, J=4.13, 12.11 Hz, 4H), 2.67 (t, J=6.74 Hz, 2H), 2.42-2.61 (m, 2H), 2.22 (td, J=2.75, 11.01 Hz, 1H), 1.78 (dd, J=3.44, 12.80 Hz, 1H), 0.97 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (76 MHz, CDCl3) δ 171.9, 162.9, 160.4, 159.7, 149.4, 139.8, 139.1, 139.0, 139.0, 135.6, 130.8, 129.2, 129.1, 129.1, 117.0, 115.7, 114.9, 114.6, 109.1, 59.7, 56.8, 55.1, 53.7, 46.5, 41.6, 38.7, 26.9, 14.0.
  • Example 147 General Synthesis of Compounds of Series 6 from Compounds of Series 5
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00160
  • Anhydrous K2CO3 (0.43 mmol) and alkyl halide (0.2 mmol) were added to a solution of 5 (0.15 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (1.5 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h, and EtOAc (8 mL) and water (3 mL) were added. The organic layer was separated, dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 80% EtOAc/hexanes (1% Et3N, 1% MeOH) to give 6.
  • Example 148 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(2-(1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 6a)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00161
  • Compound 6a was prepared according to the method of Example 147 above from 5d and methyl iodide in 93% yield. mp=131.1-133.0° C.; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.21 (dd, J=1.8, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (ddd, J=1.8, 7.2, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.20 (comp, 4H), 6.94 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 4.32-4.13 (m, 2H), 3.72 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.61 (s, 3H), 3.37 (d, J=11.4 Hz, 1H), 3.21 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 2.90 (dd, J=3.6, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (dt, J=3.9, 11.7 Hz, 1H), 2.70-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.62-2.52 (comp, 2H), 2.23 (dt, J=2.7, 10.8 Hz, 1H), 1.79 (dd, J=3.3, 12.6 Hz, 1H), 0.94 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 171.9, 161.8, 161.3 (d, J=242.2 Hz), 151.1, 140.7, 139.2, 135.1, 129.2 (d, J=7.4 Hz), 128.9, 122.9, 115.6, 114.7 (d, J=21.2 Hz), 113.6, 59.7, 57.0, 55.3, 53.9, 46.5, 41.7, 39.1, 30.8, 26.8, 14.0; Anal. Calcd for C25H28FN3O4: C, 66.21; H, 6.22; F, 4.19; N, 9.27; Found: C, 66.14; H, 6.30; F, 4.04; N, 9.15; MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 454.2
  • Example 149 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1-propyl-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 6b)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00162
  • Compound 6b was prepared according to the method of Example 147 above using 5d and 1-bromopropane in 67% yield.: mp=96.8-97.7° C.; Rf=0.42 (80% EtOAc/hexanes, 1% Et3N, 1% MeOH); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.20 (dd, J=1.5, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (ddd, J=1.2, 7.5, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.15 (comp, 4H), 6.94 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 4.33-4.10 (m, 2H), 4.1-4.04 (m, 2H), 3.74 (dq, J=1.2, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.41-3.34 (m, 1H), 3.20 (d, J=11.7 Hz, 1H), 2.90 (q, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 2.79 (dt, J=3.6, 11.1, 1H), 2.68 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.60-2.51 (comp, 2H), 2.25 (dt, J=3.3, 11.1 Hz, 1H), 1.83-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.04 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 171.9, 161.8, 161.3 (d, J=241.0), 150.9, 140.0, 139.2, 135.0, 129.2, 122.7, 115.8, 114.8 (d, J=20.6 Hz), 113.6, 59.7, 56.9, 55.3, 53.8, 46.5, 45.4, 41.7, 39.0, 26.9, 20.7, 14.0, 11.3; Anal. Calcd for C27H32FN3O4: C, 67.34; H, 6.70; F, 3.95; N, 8.73; Found: C, 67.57; H, 6.66; F, 3.81; N, 8.69; MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 482.2.
  • Example 150 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 1-(2-(1-benzyl-2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 6c)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00163
  • Compound 6c was prepared according to the method of Example 147 above using 5d and benzyl bromide in 46% yield.: mp=134.9-136.4° C.; Rf=0.61 (80% EtOAc/hexanes, 1% Et3N, 1% MeOH); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.20 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dt, J=1.2, 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.37-7.17 (comp, 3H), 7.08 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 5.37 (dd, J=16.8, 25.5 Hz, 2H), 4.39-4.32 (m, 1H), 4.27-4.20 (m, 1H), 3.70 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.36 (d, J=11.4 Hz, 1H), 3.23 (d, J=10.2 Hz, 1H), 2.91 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 2.81-2.71 (comp, 3H), 2.63-2.50 (comb, 2H), 2.26 (dt, J=3.3, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 1.78 (dd, J=3.3, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 0.91 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 172.0, 161.8, 161.3 (d, J=241.6 Hz), 151.5, 140.1, 139.2, 135.8, 135.0, 129.2, 129.1, 127.7, 126.5, 123.0, 115.8, 114.9, 114.5 (d, J=12.0 Hz), 59.7, 57.0, 55.3, 53.7, 47.5, 46.5, 41.6, 39.2, 26.9, 14.0; Anal. Calcd for C31H32FN3O4: C, 70.30; H, 6.09; N, 7.93; Found: C, 70.17; H, 6.10; N, 7.74; MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 530.2.
  • Binding Data:
  • 5-HT1A
    hVMAT2 hVMAT2 [3H] 8-OH 5-HT2A
    [3H]DTBZ 5HT Uptake DPAT [125I]DOI
    Ki (nM) ± IC50 (nM) ± Ki(nM) ± Ki (nM) ±
    SEM SEM SEM SEM
    >7 μM 270 ± 53 ND ND
  • Example 151 (±)-syn Ethyl 4-(3-fluorophenyl)-1-(2-(1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 6d)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00164
  • 5-HT1A
    hVMAT2 hVMAT2 [3H] 8-OH 5-HT2A
    [3H]DTBZ 5HT Uptake DPAT [125I]DOI
    Ki (nM) ± IC50 (nM) ± Ki(nM) ± Ki (nM) ±
    SEM SEM SEM SEM
    >9 μM 89 ± 12 >10 μM ND
  • Compound 6d was prepared according to the method of Example 147 above using 5e and methyl iodide in 67% yield.: mp=101.2-102.5° C.; Rf=0.32 (80% EtOAc/hexanes, 1% Et3N, 1% MeOH); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.20 (dd, J=1.5, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 1.65 (ddd, J=1.5, 6.9, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.17 (comp, 3H), 7.06-6.97 (comp, 2H), 6.85 (dt, J=2.7, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.35-4.25 (m, 1H), 4.22-4.13 (m, 1H), 3.72 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.60 (s, 3H), 3.41-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.22 (d, J=11.1 Hz, 1H), 2.95 (q, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (dt, J=3.6, 12.3 Hz, 1H), 2.68 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.60-2.53 (comp, 2H), 2.24 (dt, J=3.0, 11.1 Hz, 1H), 1.81 (dd, J=3.3, 12.9 Hz, 1H), 0.94 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 171.8, 162.8 (d, J=242.8 Hz), 161.8, 151.1, 146.2 (d, J=6.9 Hz), 140.7, 135.1, 129.2 (d, J=8.0 Hz), 129.0, 123.3, 122.9, 115.7, 114.7 (d, J=21.2 Hz), 113.6, 112.8 (d, J=21.2 Hz), 59.7, 57.0, 55.3, 53.7, 46.3, 41.9, 39.1, 30.8, 26.6, 14.0; Anal. Calcd for C25H28FN3O4: C, 66.21; H, 6.22; F, 4.19; N, 9.27; Found: C, 66.04; H, 6.32; F, 4.09; N, 9.22; MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 454.2.
  • Example 152 Synthesis of (±)-syn-ethyl 1-(2-(1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)-4-(thiophen-2-yl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 6e)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00165
  • The title compound was prepared from 5m as a white solid (43 mg, 79%) using the method of Example 147 above. mp=99.5-100.7° C.; Rf=0.44 (80% EtOAc/hexanes, 1% Et3N, 1% MeOH); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.20 (dd, J=1.5, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (ddd, J=1.8, 6.9, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.18 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (dd, J=1.2, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (dd, J=3.6, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.86-6.84 (m, 1H), 4.31-4.17 (m, 2H), 3.84 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.60 (s, 3H), 3.35 (br. s, 1H), 3.11 (dd, J=6.0, 11.1 Hz, 1H), 2.99-2.94 (comp, 2H), 2.77-2.65 (comp, 3H), 2.54-2.44 (m, 1H), 2.42-2.30 (m, 1H), 2.02-1.91 (m, 1H), 1.68 (br. s, 1H), 1.02 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 172.0, 161.8, 151.1, 146.5, 140.7, 135.1, 129.0, 126.4, 124.4, 123.2, 122.9, 115.6, 113.6, 60.0, 55.5, 54.5, 52.1, 46.5, 39.1, 37.7, 30.8, 29.8, 14.1; Anal. Calcd for C23H27N3O4S: C, 62.56; H, 6.16; S, 7.26, N, 9.52; Found: C, 62.38; H, 6.17; S, 7.19; N, 9.58; MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 442.2.
  • Example 153 Synthesis of Compounds of Series 7
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00166
  • A 25 mL high-pressure tube was charged with compound 4 (118 mg, 0.47 mmol), 1b (91 mg, 0.47 mmol), anhydrous DMF (1 mL), and anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (1 mL). The tube was sealed and heated to 90° C. for 20 h. The mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 80% EtOAc/hexanes (1% MeOH, 1% Et3N) to give 7.
  • Example 154 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydrothieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 7a)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00167
  • Compound 7a was prepared from Compound 4d (122 mg, 57%) as an off-white solid using the method of Example 153 above. mp=198.8-201.4° C.; Rf=0.10 (80% EtOAc/hexanes, 1% MeOH, 1% Et3N); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.27-7.19 (comp, 3H), 6.93 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.77 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.28-4.19 (m, 1H), 4.15-4.06 (m, 1H), 3.77 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.35 (dd, J=3.3, 10.5 Hz, 1H), 3.23 (d, J=11.7 Hz, 1H), 2.92 (d, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (dt, J=3.9, 11.4 Hz, 1H), 2.70 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.60-2.55 (comp, 2H), 2.24 (dt, J=3.6, 11.7 Hz, 1H), 1.80 (dd, J=3.0, 12.3 Hz, 1H), 0.97 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 172.2, 161.2 (d, J=242.2 Hz), 158.8, 151.9, 149.5, 139.1, 129.1 (d, J=7.4 Hz), 123.4, 116.1, 115.9, 114.7 (d, J=20.6 Hz), 59.9, 56.9, 55.4, 53.6, 46.5, 41.5, 38.1, 26.9, 14.0; Anal. Calcd for C22H24FN3O4S: C, 59.31; H, 5.43; N, 9.43; S, 7.20; F, 4.26; Found: C, 59.38; H, 5.49; N, 9.20; S, 7.00; F, 4.01; MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 446.1.
  • Example 155 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydrothieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)-4-(3-fluorophenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 7b)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00168
  • Compound 7b was prepared from 4e and 1b as a white solid (137 mg, 60%) using the method of Example 153 above. mp=153.3-155.1° C.; Rf=0.10 (80% EtOAc/hexanes, 1% MeOH, 1% Et3N); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.26 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.17 (m, 1H), 7.04-6.96 (comp, 2H), 6.86 (dt, J=2.1, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.28-4.19 (m, 1H), 4.14-4.06 (m, 1H), 3.77 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.37 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 3.23 (d, J=11.1 Hz, 1H), 2.98-2.96 (m, 1H), 2.83 (dt, J=4.2, 12.0 Hz, 1H), 2.70 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.62-2.49 (comp, 2H), 2.24 (dt, J=3.0, 11.4 Hz, 1H), 1.82 (dd, J=3.3, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 0.97 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 172.2, 161.3 (d, J=242.8 Hz), 158.9, 152.3, 149.9, 146.1, 146.0, 129.4, 129.3, 123.3, 116.0, 114.6 (d, J=21.2 Hz), 112.9 (d, J=20.6 Hz), 60.0, 56.8, 55.4, 53.5, 46.2, 41.7, 38.1, 26.7, 14.0; Anal. Calcd for C22H24FN3O4S: C, 59.31; H, 5.43; N, 9.43; S, 7.20; F, 4.26; Found: C, 59.06; H, 5.52; N, 9.23; S, 7.05; F, 4.06; MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 446.1.
  • Example 156 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydrothieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)-4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 7c)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00169
  • Compound 7c was prepared from 4f and 1b as a white solid (142 mg, 52%) using the method of Example 153 above. mp=190.3-191.5° C.; Rf=0.10 (80% EtOAc/hexanes, 1% MeOH, 1% Et3N); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.50 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.37 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.26 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.31-4.21 (m, 1H), 4.15-4.07 (m, 1H), 3.75 (q, J=7.2 Hz,2H), 3.40 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 3.27 (d, J=11.4 Hz, 1H), 3.01 (d, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 2.92-2.85 (m, 1H), 2.75-2.66 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.58 (comp, 2H), 2.26 (dt, J=2.7, 11.1 Hz, 1H), 1.85 (dd, J=2.7, 12.6 Hz, 1H), 0.95 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 172.0, 158.8, 152.1, 149.6, 147.6, 128.4 (q, J=32.1 Hz), 128.0, 125.0, 124.4 (q, J=269.7 Hz), 123.4, 116.1, 116.0, 60.0, 57.1, 55.3, 53.6, 46.3, 42.0, 38.1, 26.5, 13.9; Anal. Calcd for C23H24F3N3O4S: C, 55.75; H, 4.88; N, 8.48; S, 6.47; F, 11.50; Found: C, 55.36; H, 4.97; N, 8.34; S, 6.27; F, 11.21; MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 496.1.
  • Example 157 Synthesis of syn-ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydrothieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)-4-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 7d)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00170
  • Compound 7d was prepared from 5g and 1b as a white solid (150 mg, 60%) using the method of Example 153 above. mp=153.5-156.5° C.; Rf=0.10 (80% EtOAc/hexanes, 1% MeOH, 1% Et3N); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.50-7.36 (comp, 4H), 7.26 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.30-4.21 (m, 1H), 4.14-4.06 (m, 1H), 3.76 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.40 (d, J=11.1 Hz, 1H), 3.27 (d, J=11.7 Hz, 1H), 2.99 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 2.87 (dt, J=3.9, 11.7 Hz, 1H), 2.74-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.64-2.54 (comp, 2H), 2.24 (dt, J=2.7, 11.4 Hz,1H), 1.85 (d, J=12.9 Hz, 1H), 0.95 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 172.1, 158.8, 152.2, 149.6, 144.4, 131.1, 130.3 (q, J=31.5 Hz), 128.5, 124.5, 124.4 (q, J=270.2 Hz), 123.4, 123.0, 116.1, 116.0, 60.0, 57.0, 55.3, 53.6, 46.3, 42.0, 38.1, 26.6, 13.9; Anal. Calcd for C23H24F3N3O4S: C, 55.75; H, 4.88; N, 8.48; S, 6.47; F, 11.50; Found: C, 56.01; H, 4.98; N, 8.37; S, 6.24; F, 11.26; MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 496.1.
  • Example 158 Synthesis of (±) syn-ethyl 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(2-(1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydrothieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 8a)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00171
  • Compound 8a was prepared from 7a as a white solid (46 mg, 83%) using the method of Example 147 above. mp=132.5-133.8° C.; Rf=0.25 (80% EtOAc/hexanes, 1% Et3N, 1% MeOH); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.34 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (dd, J=3.0, 5.4 Hz, 2H), 6.83 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.27-4.07 (m, 2H), 3.74 (dq, J=1.8, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.57 (s, 3H), 3.34 (d, J=9.9 Hz, 1H), 3.21 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 2.9 (q, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 2.77 (dt, J=3.6, 11.7 Hz, 1H), 2.67-2.60 (comp, 2H), 2.58-2.50 (comp, 2H), 2.22 (dt, J=2.4, 11.1 Hz, 1H), 1.78 (dd, J=3.3, 12.9 Hz, 1H), 0.98 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 171.9, 161.3 (d, J=241.6 Hz), 158.4, 153.6, 151.1, 139.2, 129.1 (d, J=7.4 Hz), 124.7, 115.8, 115.6, 114.7 (d, J=21.2 Hz), 59.6, 57.0, 55.3, 53.8, 46.5, 41.7, 38.9, 35.0, 26.8, 14.0; Anal. Calcd for C23H26FN3O4S: C, 60.11; H, 5.70; N, 9.14; S, 6.98; Found: C, 59.88; H, 5.83; N, 8.89; S, 6.98; MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 460.2.
  • Example 159 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Methyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H),-yl)ethyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl) piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 10a)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00172
  • Compound 10a was synthesized according to Scheme 1 above in 67% yield. MP(HCl)=191.5-193° C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.20 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, J=7.98 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (td, J=1.4, 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.15 (m, 4H), 7.04 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 4.35-4.07 (m, 2H), 3.37 (dd, J=2.9, 12.2 Hz, 1H), 3.28 (s, 3H), 3.26-3.16 (m, 1H), 2.93 (q, J=3.8 Hz, 1H), 2.86-2.74 (m, 1H), 2.74-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.62-2.49 (m, 2H), 2.24 (td, J=2.6, 11.1 Hz, 1H), 1.77 (dd, J=3.0, 12.7 Hz, 1H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 172.4, 162.3, 151.4, 139.0, 139.0, 138.5, 135.0, 129.2, 129.1, 128.6, 123.4, 115.0, 114.8, 114.7, 56.8, 55.3, 53.9, 50.9, 46.6, 41.7, 38.2, 26.8. Anal. (C23H24FN3O4; 1.2 HCl; 1.5 H2O) C, H, N, Cl.
  • Example 160 Synthesis of (±)-syn-Isopropyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H),-yl)ethyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)piperidine-3-carboxylate (Compound 10b)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00173
  • Compound 10b was synthesized as described in Scheme 1 above in 60% yield. MP (HCl)=157.5-159° C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 9.42 (br. s., 1H), 8.11 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (td, J=7.6, 1.1 Hz, 5H), 7.24-7.17 (m, 3H), 7.05 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.67 (quin, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.36-4.21 (m, 1H), 4.15 (dt, J=12.8, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 3.34 (d, J=11.8 Hz, 1H), 3.22 (d, J=9.9 Hz, 1H), 2.94-2.76 (m, 2H), 2.69 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.57 (dd, J=11.6, 3.0 Hz, 2H), 2.25 (td, J=10.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 1.80 (d, J=10.2 Hz, 1H), 0.93 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 3H), 0.91 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 171.6, 162.4, 151.5, 138.6, 135.0, 129.2, 129.1, 128.5, 123.4, 114.8, 114.8, 114.7, 114.6, 67.0, 56.9, 55.4, 53.7, 46.5, 41.4, 38.3, 21.7, 21.5. Anal. (C25H28FN3O4.2HCl) C, H, N.
  • Example 161 Synthesis of Compound 12
  • Compound 12 was synthesized according to Scheme 2:
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00174
  • Example 162 Synthesis of Ethyl 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 11)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00175
  • A round bottomed flask was charged with 3d (845 mg, 2.5 mmol), then α-chloroethyl chloroformate (ACE-Cl, 2.96 mL, 27.4 mmol) was added under nitrogen by syringe in one portion, and the reaction mixture stirred for 2 h at 100° C. Volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue was treated with anhydrous EtOH (8.3 mL). The flask was then heated to reflux for 20 min and concentrated in vacuo. The solid residue was purified by flash chromatography using 0-10% MeOH/EtOAc (1% i-PrNH2) to give 11 as a yellow oil (538 mg, 87%): Rf=0.22 (10% MeOH/CH2Cl2); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.10 (dd, J=5.50, 8.81 Hz, 2H), 6.99 (t, J=8.81 Hz, 2H), 3.91 (q, J=7.15 Hz, 2H), 3.67 (t, J=2.75 Hz, 2H), 3.05 (t, J=5.78 Hz, 2H), 2.38 (spt, J=2.75 Hz, 2H), 0.91 (t, J=6.88 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 163 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (Compound 12)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00176
  • Compound 12 was prepared from 11 and 1a as a white solid (95 mg, 30%) using Scheme 2 above. mp=150-152° C. (Dec.); Rf=0.56 (10% MeOH/CH2Cl2); 1H NMR (301 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.31 (s, 1H), 8.09 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (ddd, J=1.1, 7.2, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.04-7.14 (m, 3H), 6.98 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.34 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.93 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.50 (br. s., 2H), 2.89 (m, 4H), 2.53 (br. s., 2H), 0.93 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 167.4, 163.6, 162.5, 160.4, 150.7, 144.5, 140.0, 138.5, 135.6, 129.5, 129.4, 127.9, 126.2, 123.1, 115.7, 115.4, 115.2, 114.3, 60.3, 54.7, 53.5, 49.6, 38.1, 33.1, 14.0; Anal. Calcd for C24H24N3O4F.1/2H2O: C, 64.56; H, 5.64; N, 9.41; F, 4.26; Found: C, 64.34; H, 5.40; N, 9.23; F, 4.39; MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 438.2.
  • Example 164 Synthesis of Compounds 16 and 18
  • Compounds 16 and 18 were synthesized according to Scheme 3
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00177
  • Example 165 Synthesis of 3-(2-(4-(4-fluorophenyl)piperidin-1-yl)ethyl)quinazoline-2,4(1H,3H)-dione (Compound 16)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00178
  • Compound 16 was prepared from 15 and 1a as a light-brown solid (170 mg, 86%) using Scheme 3 above. mp=263.0-264.0° C.; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.44 (s, 1H), 7.93 (dd, J=1.0, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (td, J=1.0, 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.13-7.34 (m, 4H), 7.08 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.04 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.03 (d, J=11.0 Hz, 2H), 2.31-2.64 (m, 3H), 2.07 (t, J=11.0 Hz, 2H), 1.64-1.82 (m, 2H), 1.44-1.64 (m, 2H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 162.8, 162.4, 161.1, 150.7, 143.0, 140.0, 135.5, 129.0, 128.9, 127.9, 123.1, 115.6, 115.3, 114.3, 55.8, 54.4, 41.5, 38.2, 33.8; Anal. Calcd for C21H22N3O2F: C, 68.65; H, 6.04; N, 11.44; F, 5.17; Found: C, 68.36; H, 6.13; N, 11.04; F, 4.83; MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 368.2.
  • Example 166 Synthesis of 3-(2-(4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5,6-dihydropyridin-1(2H)-yl)ethyl)quinazoline-2,4(1H,3H)-dione (Compound 18)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00179
  • Compound 18 was prepared from 17 and 1a as a white solid (189 mg, 52%) using Scheme 3 above. mp=208.0° C. (Dec.); Rf=0.20 (10% MeOH/CH2Cl2); 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.44 (br. s, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (dd, J=5.5, 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.21 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.97-6.19 (m, 1H), 4.09 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.16 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 2H), 2.71 (t, J=5.5 Hz, 2H), 2.64 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.32-2.47 (m, 2H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 163.5, 162.5, 160.3, 150.7, 140.0, 137.1, 135.5, 133.5, 127.9, 127.0, 126.9, 123.1, 122.6, 115.7 (2 signals), 115.5, 114.3, 55.2, 53.4, 50.3, 38.1, 28.0; Anal. Calcd for C21H20N3O2F: C, 69.03; H, 5.52; N, 11.50; F, 5.20; Found: C, 68.79; H, 5.47; N, 11.35; F, 5.11; MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 366.2.
  • Example 167 Synthesis of Compounds of Series 23
  • Compounds of Series 23 were prepared according to Scheme 4:
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00180
  • Example 168 Synthesis of 1-tert-butyl 3α-ethyl 4α-(4-fluorophenyl)piperidine-1,3-dicarboxylate (Compound 20d)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00181
  • A 50 mL round bottomed flask was charged with 5d (215 mg, 0.86 mmol), MeOH (5mL), triethylamine (240 uL, 1.72 mmol) and a magnetic stir bar. Boc2O (375 mg, 1.72 mmol) was added with vigorous stirring and the mixture was heated to 60° C. for 30 min. Volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between CH2Cl2 (15 mL) and brine (5 mL). The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was further extracted with CH2Cl2 (2×10 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated, then purified by flash chromatography eluting with 0-100% EtOAc/hexanes to give 20d (214 mg, 71%): Rf=0.75 (50% EtOAc/hexanes, 1% Et3N); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.19 (dd, J=5.5, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.09-4.64 (m, 2H), 3.92 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.01-3.29 (m, 1H), 2.71-3.02 (m, 2H), 2.48-2.71 (m, 1H), 1.54-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.47 (s, 9H), 1.04 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 171.6, 163.3, 160.0, 154.5, 138.3, 129.1, 129.0, 115.2, 115.0, 79.7, 60.2, 49.1, 45.7, 43.6, 42.5, 28.5, 25.9, 14.1.
  • Example 169 Synthesis of 1-tert-butyl 3β-ethyl 4α-(4-fluorophenyl)piperidine-1,3-dicarboxylate (Compound 21d)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00182
  • A 50 mL round bottomed flask was charged with 20d (194 mg, 0.55 mmol), EtOH (5 mL), and NaOEt (56 mg, 0.83 mmol), then heated to 70° C. for 3 h in an oil bath. The solution was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash chromatography eluting with 0-30% EtOAc/hexanes to give pure (trans) 21d (137 mg, 71%): Rf=0.87 (50% EtOAc/hexanes, +1% Et3N); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.13 (dd, J=5.2, 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.96 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.35 (br. s, 1H), 4.24 (br. s., 1H), 3.89 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.72-3.04 (m, 3H), 2.47-2.71 (m, 1H), 1.69-1.87 (m, 1H), 1.56-1.69 (m, H), 1.48 (s, 9H), 0.95 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 172.5, 163.4, 160.2, 154.5, 138.6, 129.0, 128.9, 115.5, 115.2, 80.2, 60.4, 49.1, 46.3, 45.1, 44.1, 32.9, 28.5, 14.0.
  • Example 170 Synthesis of Ethyl 4α-(4-fluorophenyl)piperidine-3β-carboxylate (Compound 22d)
  • Compound 21d (126 mg, 0.36 mmol) was taken up in HCl (4M in dioxane, 6.3 mL) under N2. The solution was stirred 45 min, and neutralized with solid NaHCO3 (4.60 g). The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL), and extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4), concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 0-10%MeOH/CH2Cl2 (1% Et3N) to give 22d (90 mg, 100%); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.15 (dd, J=5.2, 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.94 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.33 (dd, J=3.6, 11.8 Hz, 1H), 3.10-3.25 (m, 1H), 2.62-2.95 (m, 4H), 2.25 (br. s, 1H), 1.74-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.62 (dq, J=4.1, 12.6 Hz, 1H), 0.95 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Example 171 Synthesis of Ethyl 1-(2-(2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)ethyl)-4α-(4-fluorophenyl) piperidine-3β-carboxylate (Compound 23d)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00183
  • Compound 23d was prepared from 22d and 1a as an off-white solid (68 mg, 47%) using the general procedure described above. mp=195.0-197.0° C.; Rf=0.54 (10% MeOH/CH2Cl2); 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.47 (s, 1H), 7.94 (dd, J=1.1, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (ddd, J=1.4, 7.4, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.14-7.30 (m, 4H), 7.07 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.04 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.82 (qd, J=1.7, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.18 (d, J=10.7 Hz, 1H), 3.02 (d, J=10.7 Hz, 1H), 2.65-2.78 (m, 2H), 2.60 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.07-2.27 (m, 2H), 1.51-1.75 (m, 2H), 0.87 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 172.9, 163.0, 162.5, 159.8, 150.7, 140.2, 140.0, 135.6, 129.7, 129.6, 127.9, 123.1, 115.7, 115.6, 115.3, 114.3, 60.1, 56.2, 55.2, 53.9, 49.1, 44.7, 38.0, 33.3, 14.3; Anal. Calcd for C24H26N3O4F: C, 65.59; H, 5.96; N, 9.56; F, 4.32; Found: C, 65.52; H, 6.09; N, 9.42; F, 4.24; MS (APCI, [M+H]+, m/z) 440.2.
  • Example 172 Synthesis of 1-methylquinazoline-2,4(1H,3H)-dione
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00184
  • To a stirred mixture of Methyl N-Methyl anthranilate (1.46 mL, 10 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (10 mL) was added KOCN (975 mg, 12 mmol) in 3 mL of H2O. The solution was stirred at room temperature overnight and then heated to 70° C. for 3 hours. The reaction was cooled to 0° C. and then filtered. The white solid was washed with cold ethanol and dried. The product was collected as a white solid (1.46 g) in 80% yield. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.53 (br. s., 1H), 7.97 (d, J=7.71 Hz, 1H), 7.88-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=8.81 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (t, J=7.57 Hz, 1H) 3.42 (s, 3H).
  • Example 173 Synthesis of 3-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1-methylquinazoline-2,4(1H,3H)-dione
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00185
  • To a stirred solution of 1-methylquinazoline-2,4(1H,3H)-dione (1.40 g, 7.95 mmol) and K2CO3 (2.2 g, 15.9 mmol) in dry DMF (10 mL) under a positive stream of nitrogen was added 2-Bromoethanol (0.62 mL, 8.75 mmol). The solution was heated to 90° C. for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, filtered and concentrated. The crude oil was diluted with EtOAc (20 mL) and washed with brine (3×50 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to provide the title compound (1.13 g) in 65% yield. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) □8.03 (dd, J=1.65, 7.98 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (ddd, J=1.65, 7.09, 8.60 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J=8.26 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (t, J=7.57 Hz, 1H), 4.76 (t, J=6.05, Hz, 1H), 4.03 (t, J=6.60 Hz, 2H), 3.55 (q, J=6.51 Hz, 2H), 3.50 (s, 3H).
  • Example 174 Synthesis of 2-(1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)acetaldehyde (Compound SM B)
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00186
  • To a solution of 3-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1-methylquinazoline-2,4(1H,3H)-dione (500 mg, 2.27 mmol) in dry CH2Cl2 was added Dess-Martin periodirane (1.45 g, 3.41 mmol) under a positive stream of N2. The solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of an aqueous sat. NaHCO3 solution and extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×20 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified on a silica gel column (50-100% EtOAc/Hexanes) to give pure title compound (410 mg) in 83% yield. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.60 (s, 1H), 8.05 (dd, J=1.65, 7.71 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (ddd, J=1.79, 7.15, 8.67 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=8.26 Hz, 1H), 7.40-7.27 (m, 1H), 4.82 (s, 2H), 3.53 (s, 3H).
  • Example 175 Synthesis of -(2-(4-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-propionyl-5,6-dihydropyridin-1(2H)-yl)ethyl)-1-methylquinazoline-2,4(1H,3H)-dione
  • Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00187
  • To a dry 25 mL round bottomed flask under a nitrogen atmosphere was added SM A (25 mg, 0.107 mmol) and SM B (25.6 mg, 0.118 mmol) followed by dry MeOH (2 mL). NaCNBH3 (8.1 mg, 0.128 mmol) was then added to the solution and the mixture was heated to 50° C. for 2 hours. The solution was diluted with CH2Cl2 and the organic layer was washed with brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified on a silica gel column (50-100% EtOAc/Hexanes) to provide the title compound as a white solid (45.4 mg) in 97% yield. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.20 (dd, J=1.79, 7.84 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (ddd, J=1.65, 7.09, 8.60 Hz, 1H), 2.28-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.16-7.06 (m, 2H), 7.00 (t, J=8.67 Hz, 2H), 4.31(t, J=6.88, 6.88 Hz, 2H), 3.59 (s, 3H), 3.35 (t, J=2.61 Hz, 2H), 2.74-2.90 (m, 4H), 2.53 (sept., J=3.03 Hz, 2H), 1.96 (q, J=7.25 Hz, 2H), 0.79 (t, J=7.29 Hz, 3H).
  • All documents, including patents, patent application and publications cited herein, including all documents cited therein, tables, and drawings, are hereby expressly incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes.
  • While the foregoing written description of the compounds, uses, and methods described herein enables one of ordinary skill in the art to make and use the compounds, uses, and methods described herein, those of ordinary skill in the art will understand and appreciate the existence of variations, combinations, and equivalents of the specific embodiment, method, and examples herein. The compounds, uses, and methods provided herein should therefore not be limited by the above-described embodiments, methods, or examples, but rather encompasses all embodiments and methods within the scope and spirit of the compounds, uses, and methods provided herein.

Claims (21)

1-48. (canceled)
49. A compound with the formula:
Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00188
wherein X is a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered aryl or substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl,
Z is N or CH,
m is 1, 2, or 3,
Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered aryl or a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl,
R is H, ethyl ester, isopropyl ester, —C(O)-alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted 5-membered heteroaryl,
Y is H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, crystal form, or isotopomer thereof.
50. The compound of claim 49, wherein R is ethyl ester or —C(O)-alkyl.
51. The compound of claim 49, wherein Ar is phenyl, substituted phenyl, pyrrolyl, substituted pyrrolyl, pyridinyl, substituted pyridinyl, thiophene-yl, substituted thiophene-yl, or [1,4]-dioxinyl.
52. The compound of claim 49, wherein the structure of the compound is:
Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00189
wherein A1, A2, A3, and A4, are independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, halo, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, ester, keto, hydroxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, nitro, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, [1,4]dioxin-5-yl, fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl, amino, dimethylamino, methylamido, azo, benzyl, 2-phenyl ethyl, pyrrolyl, ethyl ester, 1-hydroxyethyl, methoxy, trifluoromethoxy, or tert-butoxycarbonylamino.
53. The compound of claim 52, wherein A1 and A2 are H, and A3 and A4 are independently H, fluoro, or trifluoromethyl.
54. The compound of claim 49, wherein the structure of the compound is:
Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00190
and
wherein A3 is halo or fluoro, and m is 2 or 3.
55. The compound of claim 49, wherein the structure of the compound is:
Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00191
wherein Y1 is H, methyl, ethyl, or 2-benzylethyl,
wherein Y2 is H or halo, and
wherein A3 and A4 are independently H or halo.
56. The compound of claim 49, wherein the structure of the compound is:
Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00192
wherein A1, A2, A3, and A4 are independently H, halo, or haloalkyl, and wherein Y is H or alkyl.
57. The compound of claim 56, wherein Y is H, A1 and A2 are H, and A3 and A4 are independently H, fluoro, or trifluoromethyl.
58. A compound of the Formula I:
Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00193
wherein X is a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered aryl or substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl,
Z is N or CH,
m is 1, 2, or 3,
Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered aryl or a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl,
R is ethyl ester, isopropyl ester, —C(O)-alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted 5-membered heteroaryl,
Y is H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
wherein the bond between the carbon atoms bearing Ar and R is a single or double bond,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, crystal form, or isotopomer thereof.
59. The compound of claim 58, wherein R is ethyl ester or —C(O)-alkyl.
60. The compound of claim 58, wherein Ar is phenyl, substituted phenyl, pyrrolyl, substituted pyrrolyl, pyridinyl, substituted pyridinyl, thiophene-yl, substituted thiophene-yl, or [1,4]-dioxinyl.
61. The compound of claim 58, wherein the structure of the compound is:
Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00194
wherein A1, A2, A3, and A4, are independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, halo, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, ester, keto, hydroxyl, amino, substituted amino, amido, nitro, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, [1,4]dioxin-5-yl, fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl, amino, dimethylamino, methylamido, azo, benzyl, 2-phenyl ethyl, pyrrolyl, ethyl ester, 1-hydroxyethyl, methoxy, trifluoromethoxy, or tert-butoxycarbonylamino.
62. The compound of claim 61, wherein A1 and A2 are H, and A3 and A4 are independently H, fluoro, or trifluoromethyl.
63. The compound of claim 58, wherein the structure of the compound is:
Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00195
wherein A3 is halo or fluoro, and m is 2 or 3.
64. The compound of claim 58, wherein the structure of the compound is:
Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00196
wherein Y1 is H, methyl, ethyl, or 2-benzylethyl,
wherein Y2 is H or halo, and
wherein A3 and A4 are independently H or halo.
65. The compound of claim 58, wherein the structure of the compound is:
Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00197
wherein A1, A2, A3, and A4 are independently H, halo, or haloalkyl, and
wherein Y is H or alkyl.
66. The compound of claim 65, wherein Y is H, A1 and A2 are H, and A3 and A4 are independently H, fluoro, or trifluoromethyl.
67. The compound of claim 58, wherein the structure of the compound is:
Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00198
68. A method for treating a subject having a methamphetamine (MA) addiction, comprising:
Administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a pharamaceutical composition comprising compound with the formula:
Figure US20170298042A1-20171019-C00199
wherein X is a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered aryl or substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl,
Z is N or CH,
m is 1, 2, or 3,
Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered aryl or a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl,
R is ethyl ester, isopropyl ester, —C(O)-alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted 5-membered heteroaryl,
Y is H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
wherein the bond between the carbon atoms bearing Ar and R is a single or double bond,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, crystal form, or isotopomer thereof.
US15/371,721 2014-07-31 2016-12-07 Vmat inhibitory compounds Abandoned US20170298042A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US15/371,721 US20170298042A1 (en) 2014-07-31 2016-12-07 Vmat inhibitory compounds

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201462031543P 2014-07-31 2014-07-31
US14/815,356 US9546151B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2015-07-31 VMAT inhibitory compounds
US15/371,721 US20170298042A1 (en) 2014-07-31 2016-12-07 Vmat inhibitory compounds

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/815,356 Continuation US9546151B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2015-07-31 VMAT inhibitory compounds

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20170298042A1 true US20170298042A1 (en) 2017-10-19

Family

ID=55179319

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/815,356 Expired - Fee Related US9546151B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2015-07-31 VMAT inhibitory compounds
US15/371,721 Abandoned US20170298042A1 (en) 2014-07-31 2016-12-07 Vmat inhibitory compounds

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/815,356 Expired - Fee Related US9546151B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2015-07-31 VMAT inhibitory compounds

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (2) US9546151B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3174864A4 (en)
JP (1) JP2017523245A (en)
WO (1) WO2016019312A2 (en)

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3274194A (en) * 1963-03-29 1966-09-20 Miles Lab Quinazolinedione derivatives
US3879393A (en) * 1973-06-18 1975-04-22 Miles Lab Derivatives of 1,3-disubstituted 2,4(1h,3h)-quinazolinediones
DE3601731A1 (en) 1986-01-22 1987-07-23 Merck Patent Gmbh Pyrimidine derivatives
US4939137A (en) * 1989-06-28 1990-07-03 Ortho Pharmaceutical Corporation Ring-fused thienopyrimidinedione derivatives
US5296487A (en) 1990-01-02 1994-03-22 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Quinazoline derivatives and their preparation
US6521630B1 (en) 1999-08-31 2003-02-18 Pfizer Inc. Tetrahydroquinazoline-2,4-diones and therapeutic uses thereof
CA2395075A1 (en) 1999-12-16 2001-06-21 Miles P. Smith 1,3,4-substituted piperidine analogs and uses thereof in treating addictions
DE102008029734A1 (en) 2008-06-23 2009-12-24 Merck Patent Gmbh Thiazolyl-piperidine derivatives

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP3174864A4 (en) 2018-02-14
US20160031852A1 (en) 2016-02-04
EP3174864A2 (en) 2017-06-07
JP2017523245A (en) 2017-08-17
WO2016019312A3 (en) 2016-06-23
WO2016019312A2 (en) 2016-02-04
US9546151B2 (en) 2017-01-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2020201792B2 (en) Compounds and methods for the targeted degradation of androgen receptor
US11639353B2 (en) Cyclobutanes- and azetidine-containing mono and spirocyclic compounds as αV integrin inhibitors
US11584748B2 (en) Spirocyclic compounds
US8927715B2 (en) Inhibitors of 11β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1
AU2019348094B2 (en) Isoindoline compound, preparation method, pharmaceutical composition and use thereof
US20050245574A1 (en) Aminophenoxyacetic acid derivatives and pharmaceutical composition containing thereof
US7482468B2 (en) Imidazole and benzimidazole derivatives useful as histamine H3 antagonists
ES2719713T3 (en) Tetrazolone-substituted dihydropyridinone MGAT2 inhibitors
BRPI0411713B1 (en) COMPOUNDS, PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS UNDERSTANDING THEME, METHOD FOR TREATMENT AND / OR PROPHYLAXY OF NURSES THAT ARE ASSOCIATED WITH DPP-IV AND THEIR USE
CA2957898C (en) Pyrrolopyrimidine derivatives as nr2b nmda receptor antagonists
DE60213625T2 (en) PIPERIDINE DERIVATIVES AND THEIR USE AS CHEMOKINACTIVITY MODULATORS (ESPECIALLY THAT OF CCR3)
US11008301B2 (en) Piperidinone formyl peptide 2 receptor agonists
US11858940B2 (en) Selective modulators of mutant LRRK2 proteolysis and associated methods of use
AU2003211692B2 (en) Novel arylamidine derivative or salt thereof
CA3110251A1 (en) Substituted-pyridinyl compounds and uses thereof
US20040176410A1 (en) 4-hydroxpiperdine derivative with analgetic activity
US9546151B2 (en) VMAT inhibitory compounds
EP3720855B1 (en) Imidazopyridine derivatives and the use thereof as medicament
DE60017374T2 (en) ANTIBACTERIAL AGENTS
CA3228601A1 (en) Novel plk1 degradation inducing compound
JPH06192263A (en) Amphoteric tricyclic compound
WO2020120606A1 (en) New pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid derivatives for treating pain and pain related conditions
WO2020021015A1 (en) New imidazopyridine derivatives for treating pain and pain related conditions
EP1870396A1 (en) Benzyloxypropylamine derivative
US20170007610A1 (en) Novel heterobicyclic compounds as kappa opioid agonists

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT AS REPRESENTED BY THE

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:JANOWSKY, AARON;REEL/FRAME:040715/0925

Effective date: 20161027

Owner name: OREGON HEALTH & SCIENCE UNIVERSITY, OREGON

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:JANOWSKY, AARON;REEL/FRAME:040715/0925

Effective date: 20161027

Owner name: ORGANIX INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:MELTZER, PETER;REEL/FRAME:040711/0048

Effective date: 20160912

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION